FOREWORDwilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52788173/Lexus GS300 Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Shows position of the Electronic Control

1

FOREWORD

This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provideinformation on the electrical system of the 1995 LEXUS GS300.

Applicable models: JZS 147 Series

For service specifications and repair procedures of the abovemodels other than those listed in this manual, refer to thefollowing manuals:

Manual Name Pub. No.

1995 LEXUS GS300 Repair ManualVolume 1Volume 2

1995 LEXUS New Car Features

RM406U1RM406U2NCF110U

All information in this manual is based on the latest productinformation at the time of publication. However, specificationsand procedures are subject to change without notice.

TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repairmanuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraintsystem malfunction.

NOTICE

2

INTRODUCTION

This manual consists of the following 11 sections:

No. Section Description

A

INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.

A

INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.

B HOW TO USE THISMANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.

C TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)

Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.

INDEX Index of the system circuits.

I

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are alsocontained in this section.

J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all the parts described in this manual.

KOVERALLELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

3

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power sourceis received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shownwith the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagramat the end of this manual.

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is differentto the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

4


A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

5

: System Title

: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.

Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.

: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)

Explanation of pin use.

The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.

: Connector Color

Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.

: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.

: Indicates related system.

: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).

Outside numerals are pin numbers.

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.

When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.

: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.

: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).

3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.

Example:

: Indicates the wiring color.

Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = Black L = Blue R = Red

BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet

G = Green O = Orange W = White

GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.

Example: L – Y

(Blue) (Yellow)

: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).

Example:

The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.

: Page No.

: Indicates a shielded cable.

: Indicates a ground point.

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.

: Indicates the pin number of the connector.

The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.

Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right

Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left

: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

6


WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROLRELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.

1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.

(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.

THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.

3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION

HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTORIS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.

SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.

(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY

3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW ON UP POSITION

8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW ON AUTO DOWN POSITION

9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW ON DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION

P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SW

OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

P 2 21 P 4 21 P 6 21

P 3 21 P 5 21

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION

IC 24 COWL LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 5 24 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5,J6, J7, J8, J9, J10, J11, J12, J13) in thismanual include a short terminal which isconnected to a number of wire harnesses.Always perform inspection with the shortterminal installed. (When installing the wireharnesses, the harnesses can be connectedto any position within the short terminalgrouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, thesame position in the short terminal may beconnected to a wire harness from a differentpart.)Wire harness share the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.

HINT

7

: Explains the system outline.

: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.

Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.

* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with the letter.

Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW

Example: P 4

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.

Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.

Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.

: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).

Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is describedon page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.

Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.

Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

POWER SOURCE

8


The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

J GROUND POINT

9

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.

10

TROUBLESHOOTING

VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the

check point.

Example:– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)

(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no

voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the

check points.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.

(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

11

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the

fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.Example:

– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the

Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while

watching the test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.

(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.

CAUTION:(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless

absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)

(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) ofthe digital meter, be careful that no part of your body orclothing comes in contact with the terminals of leadsfrom the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.

12

TROUBLESHOOTING

HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL

HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.

2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the

terminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.

(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connectorbody.

For Non–Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: The needle insertion position varies according

to the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.

“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.

“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.

13

For Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: Terminal retainer color is different

according to connector body.Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black

“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pull theterminal retainer up to the temporary lockposition.

HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(number of terminals, etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.

“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock insert the tool straight into theaccess hole of terminal retainer as shown.

14

TROUBLESHOOTING

Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the

temporary lock position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerinto the full lock position.

5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

15

TROUBLESHOOTING/ABBREVIATIONS

DISCONNECTION AND CONNECTION OF BOLTTYPE CONNECTORSFor engine control module (engine and electronically controlledtransmission ECU) in this vehicle, connectors are used whichrequire a bolt built into the connector to be screwed down tosecurely connect the connector.1. Disconnect the connector

After completely loosening the bolt, the two parts of theconnector can be separated.

NOTICE:Do not pull the wire harness when disconnecting theconnector.

2. Connect the connector

NOTICE:Before connecting the connector, always check that theterminals are not bent or damaged.(a) Match the guide section of the male connector

correctly with the female connector, then press themtogether.

(b) Tighten the bolt.Make sure the connectors are completely connected,by tightening the bolt until there is a clearance of lessthan 1 mm (0.04 in.) between the bottom of maleconnector and the end of female connector.

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used in this manual.ABS = Anti–Lock Brake SystemA/C = Air Conditioning PPS = Progressive Power SteeringA/T = Automatic Transmission R/B = Relay BlockCOMB. = Combination RH = Right–HandECU = Electronic Control Unit SRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemEFI = Electronic Fuel Injection SW = SwitchEGR = Exhaust Gas Recirculation TDCL = Total Diagnostic Communication LinkEVAP = Evaporative Emmission TEMP. = TemperatureISC = Idle Speed Control TRAC = Traction ControlJ/B = Junction Block VSV = Vacuum Switching ValveLH = Left-Hand w/ = WithO/D = Overdrive w/o = Without

* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treatedas being abbreviations.

METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.

IGNITION COILConvert low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ingition currentfor firing the spark plugs.

1. SINGLEFILAMENT

GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.

Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.

BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.

CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.

CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.

DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.

DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.

FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.

FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross–section surface area of the wires.

HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.

LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.

METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.

MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.

CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.

2. DOUBLEFILAMENT

HEADLIGHTS

FUEL

(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)

(for Medium Current Fuse)

M

16

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

17

1. NORMALLYOPEN

Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.

RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.

RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.

SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.

SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.

SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.

SWITCH,IGNITION

A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowsvarious circuits, particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.

Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe juction are spliced(joined) connections.

RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.

SENSOR, ANALOG SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.

TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”

SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.

SWITCH, MANUAL

SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.

2. NORMALLYCLOSED

RESISTOR, VARIABLE ORRHEOSTAT

A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.

2. NORMALLYOPEN

RELAY

1. NORMALLYCLOSED

Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.

(2) SPLICED

WIRES(1) NOT

CONNECTED

[Engine Compartment]

[Instrument Panel]

18

RELAY LOCATIONS

19

[Body]

2 : R/B No. 2 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

20

RELAY LOCATIONS

: J/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 18)

21

[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]

22

RELAY LOCATIONS

: J/B No. 3 Behind the Instrument Panel Center (See Page 18)

23

[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]

24

RELAY LOCATIONS

6 : R/B No. 6 Left Kick Panel (See Page 18)

26

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor F 4 Front Airbag Sensor RHA 2 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single F 5 Front Turn Signal Light and Clearance Light LH

Pressure SW) F 6 Front Turn Signal Light and Clearance Light RHA 3 A/C Lock Sensor and A/C Magnetic ClutchA 4 ABS Actuator G 1 Generator (Alternator)A 5 ABS Actuator G 2 Generator (Alternator)A 6 ABS Speed Sensor Front LHA 7 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH H 1 Headlight Cleaner Motor (for Canada)

H 2 Headlight Cleaner Relay (for Canada)B 1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW H 3 Headlight Hi LH

H 4 Headlight Hi RHC 1 Condenser Fan Motor H 5 Headlight Lo LHC 2 Cruise Control Actuator H 6 Headlight Lo RH

H 7 Horn (Low)D 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) H 8 Horn (High)D 2 Distributor

I 1 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve)E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor I 2 IgniterE 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid I 3 Ignition CoilE 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. I 4 Injector No. 1

Sensor) I 5 Injector No. 2E 4 Engine Hood Courtesy SW I 6 Injector No. 3E 5 Engine Oil Level Warning SW I 7 Injector No. 4

I 8 Injector No. 5F 1 Fog Light LH I 9 Injector No. 6F 2 Fog Light RHF 3 Front Airbag Sensor LH

27

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

J 1 Junction Connector S 4 Sub Throttle Position Sensor

K 1 Knock Sensor (on Front Side) T 1 Theft Deterrent HornK 2 Knock Sensor (on Rear Side) T 2 Throttle Position Sensor

T 3 Traction ActuatorM 1 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor T 4 Traction Actuator

(on Front Side) T 5 Traction Pump and MotorM 2 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor T 6 Traction Solenoid Relay

(on Rear Side)V 1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1

N 1 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) (for Combination Meter)V 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2

O 1 O/D Direct Clutch Speed Sensor (for Electronically Controlled Transmission)O 2 Oil Pressure SW V 3 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter)

V 4 VSV (for EGR)P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW), V 5 VSV (for EVAP)

Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SW V 6 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)P 2 Power Steering Pressure SW V 7 VSV (for Intake Control)P 3 PPS Solenoid

W 1 Washer Level Warning SWR 1 Radiator Fan Motor W 2 Washer Motor

W 3 Washer Temp. SenderS 1 Starter W 4 Water Temp. SWS 2 Starter W 5 Wiper Angle Control MotorS 3 Sub Throttle Actuator W 6 Wiper Motor

28


Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A 8 A/C Control Assembly C 8 ClockA 9 A/C Control Assembly C 9 Combination MeterA 10 A/C Control Assembly C 10 Combination MeterA 11 A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor C 11 Combination MeterA 12 A/C Look Amplifier C 12 Combination SWA 13 A/C Room Temp. Sensor C 13 Combination SWA 14 A/C Solar Sensor C 14 Combination SWA 15 A/T Indicator Light (for Shift Lever) C 15 Cruise Control ECUA 16 ABS and Traction ECUA 17 ABS and Traction ECU D 3 Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)A 18 ABS and Traction ECU D 4 Daytime Running Light RelayA 19 ABS ECU (w/o Traction Control) D 5 Diode (for Headlight Cleaner) (for Canada)A 20 ABS ECU (w/o Traction Control) D 6 Diode (for Idle–Up)A 21 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor D 7 Diode (for Traction Control)A 22 Air Mix Control Servo Motor D 23 Diode (for Interior Light)A 23 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor D 24 Diode (for Interior Light)A 24 Airbag Squib (for Driver’s)A 25 Airbag Squib (for Passenger’s) E 6 Electronically Controlled Transmission PatternA 26 Automatic Light Control Sensor Select SW

E 7 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicallyB 3 Blower Motor Controlled Transmission ECU)B 4 Blower Motor Control Relay E 8 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicallyB 5 Blower Motor Control Relay Controlled Transmission ECU)

C 3 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly F 7 Fuel Lid Opener SWC 4 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyC 5 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly G 3 Glove Box LightC 6 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly G 4 Glove Box Light SWC 7 Cigarette Lighter

29

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

H 9 Hazard SW R 2 Radio and PlayerR 3 Radio and Player

I 10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light R 4 Radio and PlayerI 11 Ignition SW, Unlock Warning SW and Key R 5 Rear Cigarette Lighter

Interlock Solenoid R 6 Rear Cigarette Lighter IlluminationI 12 Integration Relay R 7 Remote Control Mirror SW

R 8 RheostatJ 2 Junction ConnectorJ 3 Junction Connector S 5 Seat Heater SWJ 4 Junction Connector S 6 Shift Lock ECUJ 5 Junction Connector S 7 Step Light LHJ 6 Junction Connector S 8 Step Light RHJ 7 Junction Connector S 9 Stop Light SWJ 8 Junction Connector S 10 Sub Heated Oxygen SensorJ 9 Junction ConnectorJ 10 Junction Connector T 7 Theft Deterrent ECUJ 11 Junction Connector (for Earth) T 8 Theft Deterrent ECU

T 9 Tilt and Power Telescopic ECUL 1 Luggage Compartment Door Open SW T 10 Tilt and Power Telescopic ECU

T 11 Tilt and Power Telescopic Sensor and MotorM 5 Mobilephone T 12 Traction Cut SWM 6 Mobilephone T 13 Traction ECUM 10 Max Cool Control Servo Motor T 14 Traction ECU

N 3 Noise Filter W 7 Water Temp. Sensor (for A/C System)W 8 Wiper Relay

O 3 O/D Main SW W 9 Wireless Door Lock Main SW

P 4 Parking Brake SWP 5 PPS ECU

30


Position of Parts in Body

A 27 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH D 21 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SWA 28 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH Rear LHA 29 Ashtray Illumination Rear LH D 22 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SWA 30 Ashtray Illumination Rear RH Rear RHA 31 Auto Antenna Motor and Relay

F 8 Front Door Speaker LHC 16 CD Automatic Changer F 9 Front Door Speaker RHC 17 CD Automatic Changer F 10 Front Personal LightC 18 Condenser LH F 11 Fuel Lid Opener MotorC 19 Condenser RH F 12 Fuel Pump

F 13 Fuel Pump ECUD 8 Door Courtesy Light Front LH F 14 Fuel SenderD 9 Door Courtesy Light Front RHD 10 Door Courtesy Light Rear LH H 10 High Mounted Stop LightD 11 Door Courtesy Light Rear RHD 12 Door Courtesy SW Front LH J 12 Junction Connector (for Earth)D 13 Door Courtesy SW Front RH J 13 Junction Connector (for Earth)D 14 Door Courtesy SW Rear LHD 15 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH L 2 License Plate Light LHD 16 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH L 3 License Plate Light RHD 17 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH L 4 Light Failure SensorD 18 Door Lock Control SW RH L 5 Luggage Compartment Door Opener MotorD 19 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW L 6 Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW

Front LH L 7 Luggage Compartment LightD 20 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW L 8 Luggage Compartment Light SW

Front RH

31

Position of Parts in Body

M 7 Moon Roof Control Relay R 16 Rear Personal Light RHM 8 Moon Roof Control SW R 17 Rear Window Defogger (+)M 9 Moon Roof Motor and Limit SW R 18 Rear Window Defogger (–)

R 19 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LHN 2 Noise Filter (for Rear Window Defogger) R 20 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH

P 6 Power Window Control SW Front RH S 11 Seat Belt Pretensioner Check ConnectorP 7 Power Window Control SW Rear LH S 12 Seat Belt Pretensioner LHP 8 Power Window Control SW Rear RH S 13 Seat Belt Pretensioner RHP 9 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control S 14 Stereo Component Amplifier

SW S 15 Stereo Component AmplifierP 10 Power Window Motor Front LH S 16 Stereo Component AmplifierP 11 Power Window Motor Front RHP 12 Power Window Motor Rear LH T 15 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker RelayP 13 Power Window Motor Rear RH T 16 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay

T 17 Tension Reducer Solenoid LHR 9 Rear Combination Light LH T 18 Tension Reducer Solenoid RHR 10 Rear Combination Light LHR 11 Rear Combination Light RH V 8 Vanity Light LHR 12 Rear Combination Light RH V 9 Vanity Light RHR 13 Rear Door Speaker LHR 14 Rear Door Speaker RH W 10 Wireless Door Lock ECUR 15 Rear Personal Light LH W 11 Woofer Speaker

32


Position of Parts in Seat

B 6 Buckle SW LH P 22 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat LumbarB 7 Buckle SW RH Support Control)

P 23 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat RearP 14 Power Seat Control SW (for Driver’s Seat) Vertical Control)P 15 Power Seat Control SW (for Passenger’s Seat) P 24 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat RecliningP 16 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Front Vertical Control)

Control) P 25 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat SlideP 17 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Lumbar Control)

Support Control)P 18 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical S 17 Seat Heater (for Driver’s Seat Back)

Control) S 18 Seat Heater (for Driver’s Seat Cushion)P 19 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Reclining S 19 Seat Heater (for Passenger’s Seat Back)

Control) S 20 Seat Heater (for Passenger’s Seat Cushion)P 20 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Slide Control)P 21 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat Front

Vertical Control)

34


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

35

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO 2)

EA2ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)

EB1COWL WIRE AND R/B NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO 2)

EB2COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)

EC1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)

ED1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

36


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

37



IC2 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IE1COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE2COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IH1COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IH2COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

II1 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 1 WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

IJ1INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)

IJ2INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)

38




39



IK1ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IK2ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IL1 COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IM1

IM2 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IM3

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IN1 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IO1 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

40


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points


41



BQ1 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BS1

BS2FLOOR NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)

BS3FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)

BS4

42




43



BT1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT LH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)

BU1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT RH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT RH SEAT)

44

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

Starter

Battery

40A AM1

20A EFI

10A DOME

20A HAZ–HORN

15A TEL

7.5A ALT SENSING

Taillight Relay(Point Side)

Defogger Relay(Point Side)

100A ALT

Short Pin

Headlight Relay(Point Side)

60A ABS

Heater Relay(Point Side)

7.5A SRS

Generator(Alternator)

30A POWER

20A STOP

40A ABS NO.2

7.5A ECU–B

Daytime RunningLight Relay No.2(Coil Side)

Daytime RunningLight Relay No.2(Point Side)

15A AM2

30A IG2

25A RAD NO. 1

50A MAIN

15A FOG

Headlight Relay(Coil Side)

Starter Relay(Point Side)

Taillight Relay(Coil Side)

50A HEATER

Generator(Alternator)

40A DEFOG

Theft DeterrentECU

10A TAIL

7.5A PANEL

Starter

ABS Motor Relay(Point Side)

Traction MotorRelay (Point Side)

Daytime RunningLight Relay

10A HEAD (LH–LWR)

10A HEAD (RH–LWR)

7.5A DRL

15A HEAD LH

15A HEAD RH

10A HEAD (LH–UPR)

10A HEAD (RH–UPR)

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : J/B No. 6 (See page 23)20 19 24

45

ABS ECU (w/oTraction Control

Automatic LightControl Sensor

Daytime RunningLight Relay

Theft Deterrent ECU

10A ECU–IG

20A WIPER

Light Control SW[Comb. SW]

ABS and Traction ECU

Integration Relay

10A TRAC

15A GAUGE

10A TURN

15A SEAT–HTR

15A CIG

Rear WindowDefogger (+)

Integration Relay

Ignition Switch(AM1)

Headlight CleanerRelay (for Canada)

Dimmer SW(Combo SW)

Traction Pumpand Motor

ABS SolenoidRelay (Point Side)

Traction SolenoidRelay (Point Side)Traction SolenoidRelay (Point Side)

Radiator Fan MainRelay (Point Side)

10A MIR–HTR

Blower MotorControl Relay

Headlight CleanerMotor (for Canada)

Light Control SW[Comb. SW]

Noise Filter (forRear Window Defogger)

30A RDI FAN

Traction ECU

*1: USA*2: Canada*3: w/ Traction Control*4: w/o Traction Control

ABS andTraction ECU

AutomaticLight Sensor

ABSActuator

TractionActuator

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the relatedsystem is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, notnecessarily on the page indicated here.

46


* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems

Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

15A CIG

10A ECU–IG

20A WIPER

15A GAUGE

10A TURN

15A SEAT–HTR

10A TAIL

7.5A PANEL

20A STOP

7.5A SRS

30A POWER

10A MIR–HTR

7.5A ECU–B

10A DOME

25A RAD NO. 1

20A EFI

20A HAZ–HORN

15A AM2

30A IG2

15A TEL

15A FOG

30A CDS

10A HEAD (LH–UPR)

10A HEAD (RH–UPR)

10A HEAD (LH–LWR)

10A HEAD (RH–LWR)

7.5A DRL

15A HEAD LH

15A HEAD RH

30A RDI FAN

230 230208208216214230 159 154 112 99 222 181

99142

A2 A3 C5A31A30A10A8 A12 A16A15 A18 A20 A26 A29 C9B1 B6 B7 C1 C3 C8C7Loca

tion

A/C

Sin

gle

Pre

ssur

e S

W[A

/C T

riple

Pre

ssur

e S

W]

A/C

Loc

k S

enso

r an

d A

/CM

agne

tic C

lutc

h

AB

S a

nd T

ract

ion

EC

U

A/C

Con

trol

Ass

embl

y

A/C

Con

trol

Ass

embl

y

A/C

Loc

k A

mpl

ifier

AB

S a

nd T

ract

ion

EC

U

A/T

Indi

cato

r Li

ght

(for

Shi

ft Le

ver)

AB

S E

CU

(w

/o T

ract

ion

Con

trol

)

Aut

omat

ic L

ight

Con

trol

Sen

sor

Ash

tray

Illu

min

atio

nR

ear

LH

Ash

tray

Illu

min

atio

nR

ear

RH

Aut

o A

nten

na M

otor

and

Rel

ayB

rake

Flu

id L

evel

War

ning

SW

Buc

kle

SW

LH

Buc

kle

SW

RH

Cen

ter

Airb

ag S

enso

r A

ssem

bly

Con

dens

er F

an M

otor

Cen

ter

Airb

ag S

enso

r A

ssem

bly

Cig

aret

te L

ight

er

Clo

ck

Com

bina

tion

Met

er

23099230 230

99159170

159 99 18199142

80170222

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : J/B No. 6 (See page 23)20 19 24

47

82 1198088199

170222 11599 210 119 9466

94130 68148

D1C9 C10 C11 D3C12 C13 C19C18C15C14 D4 D5 D6

90 154

68148170222

99159178 104

108 181 90 210 88 94 119

68154159181

82119222

68159181

148170

Turn

Sig

nal I

ndic

ator

Lig

ht[C

omb.

Met

er]

Hig

h B

eam

Indi

cato

r Li

ght

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Com

bina

tion

Met

er

AB

S W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Ope

n D

oor

War

ning

Lig

ht[C

omb.

Met

er]

Rea

r Li

ght W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]S

eat B

elt W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]C

harg

e W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Com

bina

tion

Met

er

Taill

ight

Indi

cato

r[C

omb.

Met

er]

SR

S W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]Tu

rn S

igna

l SW

[Com

b. M

eter

]W

iper

and

Was

her

SW

[Com

b. S

W]

Dim

mer

SW

[Com

b. S

W]

Fog

Lig

ht S

W [C

omb.

SW

]

Hor

n S

W [C

omb.

SW

]

Ligh

t Con

trol

SW

[Com

b. S

W]

Wip

er a

nd W

ashe

r S

W[C

omb.

SW

]H

eadl

ight

Cle

aner

SW

[Com

b. S

W]

Cru

ise

Con

trol

EC

U

Con

dens

er L

H

Con

dens

er R

H

Dat

a Li

nk C

onne

ctor

1

(Che

ck C

onne

ctor

)

Dat

a Li

nk C

onne

ctor

2

(TD

LC)

Day

time

Run

ning

Lig

htR

elay

Dio

de (

for

Hea

dlig

htC

lean

er)

(for

Can

ada)

Dio

de (

for

Idle

–Up)

48



170222 22294 88

15A CIG

10A ECU–IG

20A WIPER

15A GAUGE

10A TURN

15A SEAT–HTR

10A TAIL

7.5A PANEL

20A STOP

7.5A SRS

30A POWER

10A MIR–HTR

7.5A ECU–B

10A DOME

25A RAD NO. 1

20A EFI

20A HAZ–HORN

15A AM2

30A IG2

15A TEL

15A FOG

30A CDS

10A HEAD (LH–UPR)

10A HEAD (RH–UPR)

10A HEAD (LH–LWR)

10A HEAD (RH–LWR)

7.5A DRL

15A HEAD LH

15A HEAD RH

30A RDI FAN

94 94 94 94130

94130

94130

94130

9494130 99170

68170230

62148

68170

Dio

de (

for

Trac

tion

Con

trol

)

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

Ligh

t F

ront

LH

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

Ligh

t F

ront

RH

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

Ligh

t R

ear

RH

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

Ligh

t R

ear

LH

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

Fro

nt R

H

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

Fro

nt L

H

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

Rea

r LH

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

Rea

r R

H

Doo

r Lo

ck C

ontr

ol S

W R

H

Dio

de (

for

Inte

rior

Ligh

t)

Dio

de (

for

Inte

rior

Ligh

t)

Ele

ctro

nica

lly C

ontr

olle

dTr

ansm

issi

on S

olen

oid

Eng

ine

Oil

Leve

l War

ning

SW

Ele

ctro

nica

lly C

ontr

olle

dTr

ansm

issi

on P

atte

rnS

elec

t SW

Eng

ine

Con

trol

Mod

ule

(Eng

ine

and

Ele

ctro

nica

lly

Con

trol

led

Tran

smis

sion

EC

U)

Eng

ine

Con

trol

Mod

ule

(Eng

ine

and

Ele

ctro

nica

lly

Con

trol

led

Tran

smis

sion

EC

U)

Fog

Lig

ht L

H

Fog

Lig

ht R

H

88*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems

Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

Loca

tion

E2D9D7 D10 D12D11 D15 D18 E5 E6 E7 F1E8D8 D13 D14 D23 D24 F2


49

F5 F6 H9G4F10F7 F11 F14 H4 H5 H6 H7 H10 I1O

222130 66222

119946268222

130 108

F13 G2 G3 H2 H3 H8 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9

90130

90130

99 99 8082

8082

8082

8082

115 115 9099

68 62 68 68 68 68 68 68 94

Fro

nt T

urn

Sig

nal L

ight

and

Cle

aran

ce L

ight

LH

Fro

nt T

urn

Sig

nal L

ight

and

Cle

aran

ce L

ight

RH

Fue

l Lid

Ope

ner

SW

Fro

nt P

erso

nal L

ight

Fue

l Lid

Ope

ner

Mot

or

Gen

erat

or (

Alte

rnat

or)

Glo

ve B

ox L

ight

Glo

ve B

ox L

ight

SW

Hea

dlig

ht C

lean

er R

elay

(for

Can

ada)

Hea

dlig

ht H

i LH

Hea

dlig

ht H

i RH

Hor

n (L

ow)

Hea

dlig

ht L

o LH

Hea

dlig

ht L

o R

H

Hor

n (H

igh)

Haz

ard

SW

Hig

h M

ount

ed S

top

Ligh

t

Idle

Air

Con

trol

Val

ve(I

SC

Val

ve)

Igni

ter

Igni

tion

Coi

l

Inje

ctor

No.

1

Inje

ctor

No.

2

Inje

ctor

No.

3

Inje

ctor

No.

4

Inje

ctor

No.

5

Inje

ctor

No.

6

Igni

tion

Key

Cyl

inde

r Li

ght

Fue

l Pum

p E

CU

Fue

l Sen

der

68

50



O3

119 144 17868 170

5866

130170222

M9

104 104104108

94130

94130 68 194 194

6268

148181

62111159187230 62 222

68130170222

Igni

tion

SW

, Unl

ock

War

ning

SW

and

Key

Inte

rlock

Sol

enoi

d

Inte

grat

ion

Rel

ay

Lice

nse

Pla

te L

ight

LH

Lice

nse

Pla

te L

ight

RH

Ligh

t Fai

lure

Sen

sor

Lugg

age

Com

part

men

t Lig

htLu

ggag

e C

ompa

rtm

ent

Ligh

t SW

Mai

n H

eate

d O

xyge

nS

enso

r (o

n R

ear

Sid

e)

Mai

n H

eate

d O

xyge

nS

enso

r (o

n F

ront

Sid

e)

Mob

ileph

one

Moo

n R

oof C

ontr

ol R

elay

Moo

n R

oof M

otor

and

Li

mit

SW

Max

Coo

l Con

trol

Ser

voM

otor

Oil

Pre

ssur

e S

W

O/D

Mai

n S

W

Par

k/N

eutr

al P

ositi

on S

W(N

eutr

al S

tart

SW

), B

ack–

Up

Ligh

t S

W a

nd A

/T I

ndic

ator

Ligh

t S

W

PP

S S

olen

oid

Noi

se F

ilter

(F

or Ig

nitio

nS

yste

m)

15A CIG

10A ECU–IG

20A WIPER

15A GAUGE

10A TURN

15A SEAT–HTR

10A TAIL

7.5A PANEL

20A STOP

7.5A SRS

30A POWER

10A MIR–HTR

7.5A ECU–B

10A DOME

25A RAD NO. 1

20A EFI

20A HAZ–HORN

15A AM2

30A IG2

15A TEL

15A FOG

30A CDS

10A HEAD (LH–UPR)

10A HEAD (RH–UPR)

10A HEAD (LH–LWR)

10A HEAD (RH–LWR)

7.5A DRL

15A HEAD LH

15A HEAD RH

30A RDI FAN


Parts

Code orLocation

CB or FuseLoca

tion

I11 I12 L2 L4L3 L7 M1 P3P1M2L8 M5 M7 M10 O2N1


51

P4 P14P13P6 P10P9 P11 P12 P15 P16 P17 P18 P19 R1

222 124 122 99216218

99230202 90

P5 P7 P8 P20 P21 R3 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9P22 P23 P24 P25

178 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 202 202 202 202 202 202 14299218222

202 202 202 202 202

Pow

er W

indo

w C

ontr

ol S

WF

ront

RH

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r D

river

’sS

eat F

ront

Ver

tical

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r D

river

’sS

eat S

lide

Con

trol

)

Rea

r Tu

rn S

igna

l Lig

ht L

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

LH

]

Par

king

Bra

ke S

W

PP

S E

CU

Pow

er W

indo

w C

ontr

ol S

WR

ear

LH

Pow

er W

indo

w M

aste

r S

Wan

d D

oor

Lock

Con

trol

SW

Pow

er W

indo

w M

otor

F

ront

LH

Pow

er W

indo

w M

otor

F

ront

RH

Pow

er W

indo

w M

otor

R

ear

LHP

ower

Win

dow

Mot

or

Rea

r R

HP

ower

Sea

t Con

trol

SW

(f

or D

river

’s S

eat)

Pow

er S

eat C

ontr

ol S

W

(for

Pas

seng

er’s

Sea

t)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r D

river

’sS

eat R

ear

Ver

tical

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r D

river

’sS

eat L

umbe

r S

uppo

rt C

ontr

ol)

Rad

io a

nd P

laye

r

Rad

iato

r F

an M

otor

Rea

r C

igar

ette

Lig

hter

Rea

r C

igar

ette

Lig

hter

Illum

inat

ion

Rem

ote

Con

trol

Mirr

or S

W

Rhe

osta

t

Pow

er W

indo

w C

ontr

ol S

WR

ear

RH

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r D

river

’sS

eat R

eclin

ing

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r P

asse

nger

’sS

eat F

ront

Ver

tical

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r P

asse

nger

’sS

eat S

lide

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r P

asse

nger

’sS

eat R

ear

Ver

tical

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r P

asse

nger

’sS

eat L

umbe

r S

uppo

rt C

ontr

ol)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r P

asse

nger

’sS

eat R

eclin

ing

Con

trol

)

52




Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

Loca

tion

R9

108

15A CIG

10A ECU–IG

20A WIPER

15A GAUGE

10A TURN

15A SEAT–HTR

10A TAIL

7.5A PANEL

20A STOP

7.5A SRS

30A POWER

10A MIR–HTR

7.5A ECU–B

10A DOME

25A RAD NO. 1

20A EFI

20A HAZ–HORN

15A AM2

30A IG2

15A TEL

15A FOG

30A CDS

10A HEAD (LH–UPR)

10A HEAD (RH–UPR)

10A HEAD (LH–LWR)

10A HEAD (RH–LWR)

7.5A DRL

15A HEAD LH

15A HEAD RH

30A RDI FAN

104 111 108 104 90 108 108104 111 104 94 94122214

122214

99206 94 94192 68 218

108148154159192

R9 R10 R11 R12 R15 R16 R19 R20 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S14

Sto

p Li

ght L

H [R

ear

Com

bo.

Ligh

t LH

]Ta

illig

ht L

H [R

ear

Com

bo.

Ligh

t LH

]B

ack–

Up

Ligh

t LH

[Rea

r C

ombo

. Lig

ht L

H]

Sto

p Li

ght L

H [R

ear

Com

bo.

Ligh

t LH

]Ta

illig

ht L

H [R

ear

Com

bo.

Ligh

t LH

]R

ear

Turn

Sig

nal L

ight

RH

[Rea

r C

omb.

Lig

ht R

H]

Sto

p Li

ght R

H [R

ear

Com

bo.

Ligh

t RH

]Ta

illig

ht R

H [R

ear

Com

bo.

Ligh

t RH

]B

ack–

Up

Ligh

t RH

[Rea

r C

ombo

. Lig

ht R

H]

Sto

p Li

ght R

H [R

ear

Com

bo.

Ligh

t RH

]Ta

illig

ht R

H [R

ear

Com

bo.

Ligh

t RH

]

Rea

r P

erso

nal L

ight

LH

Rea

r P

erso

nal L

ight

RH

Rem

ote

Con

trol

Mirr

or a

ndM

irror

Hea

ter

LHR

emot

e C

ontr

ol M

irror

and

Mirr

or H

eate

r R

H

Sea

t Hea

ter

SW

Shi

ft Lo

ck E

CU

Ste

p Li

ght L

H

Ste

p Li

ght R

H

Sto

p Li

ght S

W

Sub

Hea

ted

Oxy

gen

Sen

sor

Ste

reo

Com

pone

ntA

mpl

ifier


53

S17

206 68124130194

222206 206 206 130

124130138194 187 187 187 159 159 144 208 208

68170222

148178 6868 68 94 94 222210 230 210 210

S18 S19 S20 T1 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11 T13 T14 T16 T17 T18 V1 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 V9 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

Sea

t Hea

ter

(for

Driv

er’s

Sea

t Cus

hion

)

Sea

t Hea

ter

(for

Driv

er’s

Sea

t Bac

k)

Sea

t Hea

ter

(for

Pas

seng

er’s

Sea

t Bac

k)S

eat H

eate

r (f

or P

asse

nger

’sS

eat C

ushi

on)

The

ft D

eter

rent

Hor

n

The

ft D

eter

rent

EC

U

The

ft D

eter

rent

EC

U

Tilt

and

Pow

er T

eles

copi

c E

CU

Tilt

and

Pow

er T

eles

copi

c E

CU

Trac

tion

EC

U

Trac

tion

EC

U

Tele

phon

e Tr

ansc

eive

r an

dS

peak

er R

elay

Tens

ion

Red

ucer

Sol

enoi

d LH

Tens

ion

Red

ucer

Sol

enoi

d R

H

Veh

icle

Spe

ed S

enso

r(S

peed

Sen

sor)

No.

1 (f

or

Com

bina

tion

Met

er)

VS

V (

for

EV

AP

)

VS

V (

for

EG

R)

VS

V (

for

Fue

l Pre

ssur

e U

p)

VS

V (

for

Inta

ke C

ontr

ol)

Van

ity L

ight

LH

Van

ity L

ight

RH

Was

her

Mot

or

Wat

er T

emp.

Sen

der

Was

her

Leve

l War

ning

SW

Wat

er T

emp.

SW

Wip

er M

otor

Wip

er A

ngle

Con

trol

Mot

or

Tilt

and

Pow

er T

eles

copi

c E

CU

54




Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

210

Loca

tion

W8 W9 W10

15A CIG

10A ECU–IG

20A WIPER

15A GAUGE

10A TURN

15A SEAT–HTR

10A TAIL

7.5A PANEL

20A STOP

7.5A SRS

30A POWER

10A MIR–HTR

7.5A ECU–B

10A DOME

25A RAD NO. 1

20A EFI

20A HAZ–HORN

15A AM2

30A IG2

15A TEL

15A FOG

30A CDS

10A HEAD (LH–UPR)

10A HEAD (RH–UPR)

10A HEAD (LH–LWR)

10A HEAD (RH–LWR)

7.5A DRL

15A HEAD LH

15A HEAD RH

30A RDI FAN

138 138

Wip

er R

elay

Wire

less

Doo

r Lo

ck M

ain

SW

Wire

less

Doo

r Lo

ck E

CU

Def

ogge

r R

elay

(C

oil S

ide)

Inte

grat

ion

Rel

ay

A/C

Mag

netic

Clu

tch

Rel

ay

AB

S S

olen

oid

Rel

ay

Day

time

Run

ning

Lig

htR

elay

No.

3 (

Coi

l Sid

e)D

aytim

e R

unni

ng L

ight

Rel

ay N

o. 3

(P

oint

Sid

e)

EF

I Mai

n R

elay

(P

oint

Sid

e)

Hea

ter

Rel

ay (

Coi

l Sid

e)

Hor

n R

elay

IG2

Rel

ay (

Coi

l Sid

e)

IG2

Rel

ay (

Poi

nt S

ide)

Rad

iato

r F

an M

ain

Rel

ay(C

oil S

ide)

Rad

iato

r F

an R

elay

(Coi

l Sid

e)R

adia

tor

Fan

Rel

ay(P

oint

Sid

e)

Sta

rter

Rel

ay (

Coi

l Sid

e)

Day

time

Run

ning

Lig

htR

elay

No.

4 (

Coi

l Sid

e)D

aytim

e R

unni

ng L

ight

Rel

ay N

o. 4

(P

oint

Sid

e)

Fog

Lig

ht R

elay

(C

oil S

ide)

Fog

Lig

ht R

elay

(P

oint

Sid

e)

214 94116199

230 154159

82222

82222

68170 230 115

1306268

6268 230 230 230 62

130 82 82 88 88


55

90124130194

124130194

Pow

er M

ain

Rel

ay(C

oil S

ide)

Pow

er M

ain

Rel

ay(P

oint

Sid

e)

Turn

Sig

nal F

lash

er

58

POWER SOURCE

13 14

11 12

25 26

23 24

21 22

15 16

27 28

19 20

32 31

2 1

11 12

7 8

3 4

5 6

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

EB1

4

EB2

5

17 18

9 10

2

2

2

100A ALT

40A ABS NO. 2

7. 5A ECU–B

10A DOME

25A RAD NO. 1

20A EFI

20A HAZ–H0RN

15A AM2

30A IG2

15A TEL

7. 5A ALT SENSING

50A MAIN

W–R

L–Y

W–L

R–L

W

W

B–L

(*2) W–L

(*2)

W W

G–Y

W–R W–R

B–O

G–R

W

W (*2)

W (*2)

W (*1)

W (*1)

BATTERY

B–L

W

TO GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

TO HEADLIGHTCLEANER RELAY

SHORT PIN

40A AM1

60A ABS

50A HEATER

15A FOG

51

3

1

3

2

4

2

2

2

2

2

L

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 2

R–Y

R–Y

R–WB

B( *

2)

( *2)

(* 2)

(*2)

2

4

1

3

2R–G

HEADLIGHTRELAY

30 292

2

L–R

R

(*3)

( *3)

( *3)

TO ABS SOLENOIDRELAY

TO TRACTIONSOLENOID RELAY

10A TRAC

1

5

3

4

2

2

2

2

2

B–R W–B

W–B

RADIATOR FANMAIN RELAY

L

(*3)

W

W–R

59

*3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL*2 : CANADA*1 : USA

4

11

3

2

6

5

AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

4 3

2 1

8 7

1E

4

1E

2

1G

10

1G

3

2

2

2

2

2

2

I24

6 5

34 33

4 3

2 1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

P–L

B–Y

B–O

B–L

W

W (*2)

W (*2)

W (*1)

W (*1)

15A CIG

10A ECU–IG

20A WIPER

15A GAUGE

10A TURN

R–Y(*2)

R–Y(*2)

W(*2)

W(*2)

W(*1)

W(*1)

10AHEAD(LH–UPR)

10AHEAD(RH–UPR)

10AHEAD(LH–LWR)

10AHEAD(RH–LWR)

7. 5A DRL

15A HEAD LH

15A HEAD RH

R

R–W

R–G

R–Y

W–R

R

R–W

W

TAILLIGHTRELAY

W 40A DEFOG

30A POWER

DEFOGGERRELAY

10A MIR–HTR

10A TAIL

7. 5A PANEL

20A STOP

7. 5A SRS

1

5

1

5 3

2

3

2

15A SEAT–HTR

W ( *2)

IGNITION SWI11

10 92 2

30A RDI FAN

LL

Y

(*1)

(*2)

W

W–R

60

POWER SOURCE

HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR USA)(2) 2– (2) 1: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR CANADA)(2) 2– (2) 1: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

: CLOSE WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)

TAILLIGHT RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

I11 IGNITION SW4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION11–6: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION11–5: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ST POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


I11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

2 19 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)



1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)



EB134 COWL WIRE AND R/B NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO 2)

EB234 COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I24 38 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

62

STARTING AND IGNITION

11 6

5

2

22

2 2

IK1E4

EB221 EB210 EB218

IK1F1

EB25

IK1E5

P

N

6

PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRAL STARTSW)

5

2

D

D

D

M

BS 2 , S 1A

27 15 9

4 3

28 16 10

2 1

B–O

B–L

B

B–W

B–L

B

B–W

W–

R

B–

O

W–R

B–

W

B–W

Y–GB

B

Y–

G

B

B–W

TO

TH

EF

TD

ET

ER

RE

NT

EC

U

B–W

B–

WB

–WB

–W

BB

IGNITION SW

STARTERRELAY

I11

P 1

30A

IG2

15A

AM

2

50A

MA

IN

STARTERTO COMBINATIONMETER

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BATTERY

J 3

B–O

B–O

A1

B1

B–

L

AM2

ST2

IG2

I130

I129

B–

L

63

1J9

2 2

1J3

2 2

EB28

A

A

E14

2

1

EA116

EB

E15

ED EC

1

2 5

4 2 1 2 3 1 4

76 77 69

1 3

3 5

1957 58 26 25 27 7

B–O

B–O

B

B–W

IG– IGT IGF G1 G2 NE G–

NSW STA E1

DISTRIBUTOR

B–

O

B–

O

B–

OW

–BW

–BW

–B

BB

G–W

G–

Y

B–

O

B–

R

B–O

B–

R

R W B G

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BR

BR

BR

B–

O

B–O

IGNITION COIL

IG2RELAY

I 3

IG–IGT IGF G1 G2 NE G–

BTO TACHOMETER[COMB. METER]

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

NO

ISE

FIL

TE

R( F

OR

IGN

ITIO

NS

YS

TE

M)

J 1

D 1

I 2

D 2

E 8

N1

IGNITER

+B COIL–

2

B–W

B

IK1

F12B

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU)

I128

W–

B

B–O

BR

IK1F6

EB111

B

( CA

NA

DA

)

B–O

( US

A)

B–O

64

STARTING AND IGNITION

I11 IGNITION SW11–6: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION11–5: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION

P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)

6–5 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

S 1(B), S 2(A) STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


D 1 26 I 3 26 N 1 27

D 2 26 I11 29 P 1 27

E 8 28 J 1 27 S 1 B 27

I 2 26 J 3 29 S 2 A 27

: RELAY BLOCKS





1J 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)



EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)



IK1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EB 34 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER

EC 34 FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

ED 34 REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD

: SPLICE POINTS


E1434

I12938 ENGINE WIRE

E1534

ENGINE WIRE I13038 ENGINE WIRE

I128 38

SERVICE HINTS

65

66

CHARGING

11

4

6

1L5

1G3

EC16 EC15

ED16 ED110 ED13

1B5

1K8

15

14

L IG S B

IC REGULATOR

15AGAUGE

CHARGE WARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]

BATTERY

AG 1 , G 2B

GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

C11

B–

L

Y

R–

L

W

YY

R–

LR

–L

B–

L

B–

O

W B–

L

W

B–Y

W

B–L

Y

IGNITION SW

A1 A2 A3 B1

I11

2

7

5

3

22

2 2

EB25

EB14

40

AA

M1

10

0AA

LT

15A

AM

2

7.5

AA

LT

SE

NS

ING

SH

OR

TP

IN

17152

1

8

16 18

W–

R

W

W

W–

R

W

2

AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

EA114

67

G 2 (A) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)(A) 1–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)

13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 5000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)(A) 2–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING

: PARTS LOCATION


C11 28 G 2 A 26

G 1 B 26 I11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1B

1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1L






EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)

ED1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

14 15 X

1

1 2 3X 2

6 11

4

BG 1 A GRAYG 2C 11 I11GRAY BLACK

SERVICE HINTS

68

ENGINE CONTROL

THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,TRANSMISSION ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS

(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) ANDHAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE, WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATERTEMP.), WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT

INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP.,WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REARSIDE AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT

CAMSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION ISINPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NE .

(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH ISINPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL1 .

(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT

THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSIONAND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.

(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT,AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL ACMG OFENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT

VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS+B AND OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA EFI MAINRELAY.

THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINEAND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).

(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT

INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL KSOF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROLSIGNAL.

(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTOTERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS ACONTROL SIGNAL.

(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT

TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT

ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALSKNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

69

2. CONTROL SYSTEM

* SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONICALLY FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM

THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONICALLY FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINECONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNAL FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING ISDECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40,#50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TOOPERATE THE INJECTOR. (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONICALLY FUELINJECTION) SYSTEM CONTROLS OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM

THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO(13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUTTO TERMINALS IGT THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.

* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM

THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE. SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEMTURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THEOXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM(1), (2), (4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL HT1, HT2, HT3 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.

* IDLE AIR CONTROL (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM

THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITYFOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SOON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THESIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1,ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).

* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM

THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10) ETC.), ANDOUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE.

* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM

THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OUTPUTS CURRENT TOTERMINAL FPC AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP ECU AND FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.

* ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM)

ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED ANDCLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FORINCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS.

THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) JUDGES THE VEHICLESPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV(FOR INTAKE CONTROL VALVE).

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THEMEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATORLAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.

70

ENGINE CONTROL

I4511 6

5

AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

EB2

19

EB2

20

EB1

6

EB1

11

IK1

F6

IE1

11

IE1

10

IE28

EB28

EB25

I130

B21

B20

E19

A

A

A

A

2 2

2 2 2 2 2

M

2

1

1

2

1

2

1

2

2

P

N

6

5

EB BK

IE1

7

IK1

E4

2 2

EA116

2 2

B–R

B–R

B–O

B

W–L

G–O

G–R

LG–R

B–W

G–W

G–R

LG–R

B–R

G–O

W–L

B–L

B–O

G–O

B–R

B–O

B–O

G–W

W–BW–B

B–O B B–O

B–OB–O

B–R

G–R

LG–R

B

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–R

W–R

W–B

G–W B

–W

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–G

R–Y

R–L

B–O

B–O

B–L B

R–L

R–L

R–L

51

52

272315

3 2

1 3

4 3 2

A

282416

5 1

A

1J3

1J9B

–OB

–O

W–B

A

IGNITION SWI11

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

EFIMAINRELAY

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

NS

W( N

EU

TR

AL

ST

AR

TS

W)

P1

15A

AM

2

20A

EF

I

30A

IG2

B FPC DI

E FP

IG2RELAY

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.1I

4

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.2I

5

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.3I

6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

BATTERY

FU

EL

PU

MP

F12

FU

EL

PU

MP

EC

UF

13

G–W

B–O

(*4)

(*5)

71

*1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU*4 : USA*5 : CANADA

E22

1

2

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

2

1

2

2

1

E23 E21 I118

A21 A22 A24 A33 76 A1 A31 B36 75 B39 B74

B77 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B57 B58 A35

1

2

IC2B21

ED12

ED19

EB

IK2

C15

I87

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–R

B–R

B–O

B

W–L

G–O

G–R

LG–R

B–W

G–W

R–G

R–Y

R–L

B–O

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

G–W

B–R B–R B–R

B

G–W

B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–R

BR

–W

BR

–R

BR

–Y

B–OB

W–L

G–O

G–R

R–B R

R–W

R–G

R–Y

R–L

G–W

G–Y

G–Y

G–O

G–

OW

–BW

–B

B

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.4I

7

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.5I

8

INJE

CT

OR

NO

.6I

9

(*1)

B–RIK1

E3B–R

B–R

B

B–O

3

4 2 1

IG– IGT IGF

+B

VS

V( F

OR

FUE

LP

RE

SS

UR

EU

P)

V6

VS

V( F

OR

EG

R)

V4

VS

V( F

OR

INT

AK

EC

ON

TR

OL)

V7

VS

V( F

OR

EV

AP

)

V5

I 2IGNITER P

OW

ER

STE

ER

ING

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

P2

M–

RE

L

BE 7 , E 8A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)

#60 #50 # 40 # 30 #20 #10STA IGT IGF PS

DI BATT NSW IGSW +B FPU EGR ACIS EVAPFPC

B

B–O

B–O

72

ENGINE CONTROL

I133

E18

I121

I99

A

1 1

B34 B32 B35 B33 A4 A15 A34 A23

B26 B25 B27 B7 B80 B79 B69 B50 B49 A36 A30

E16

ED

IK1F11

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

G–W

BR

BR

BR

B–R

G–W

B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

BR

BR

BR

Y–R

Y–B Y

Y–G

G–W

LG–B B

W

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR2 3 1 4

1 3 4 2

A

2 5

1

1 3 4 6

1J15 1A10

LG

LG–R

3

A

B–R

B–R

2

W–B

W–B

GBWR R GR B B

R

Y–L

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

ISC2 ISC4 ISC1 ISC3 STP ELS A/C ACMG

G1 G2 NE G– E01 EO2 E1 KNK1 KNK2 HT3 OX3

G1 G2 NE G–

HT OX3 E B

7. 5APANEL

10AMIR–HTR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

DIODE (FOR IDLE–UP)D 6

I1

IDLE

AIR

CO

NTR

OL

VA

LVE

( IS

CV

ALV

E)

FROM STOP LIGHTSW FROM A/C LOCK

AMPLIFIERFROM A/CMAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY

D 2DISTRIBUTOR

KN

OC

KS

EN

SO

R( O

NR

EA

RS

IDE

)

K2

KN

OC

KS

EN

SO

R( O

NF

RO

NT

SID

E)

K1

S10SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

BE 7 , E 8A

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)


EB217

W

3D2

3D3

G–W

B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

I128

BR

( *4)

B–W ( *5)

Y( *

5)

( *4)

73

*2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL*3 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL

*1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

*4 : USA*5 : CANADA

E20

I132

I134

I127

I126

E17

ED

B42 B63 B41 B43 B64 B65

B47 B72 B48 B73

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

G–W

BR

BR

BR

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

BR

BR

BR

G–W

BR

W

B

B–R

BR

BR

B–R

B–R

BR

P–B

Y–R

L–R

BR

R–B

Y–B

L–R

L–R

L–R

Y–B

BR

BRBR

B–R

W

L–R

L–R

Y–R

P–B BR

BR

R–B

Y–B

W R–L B

W

R–L BR

B

R

BR

BR

3 1 4 22413

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

L–R

BR

( *2)

( *2)

(* 1)

IDL2VTA2 VCC VTA1 IDL1 E2

OX2 HT2 OX1 HT1

OX2 HT2 E1 +B OX1 HT1 E1 +B

TH

RO

TTLE

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

T2

SU

BT

HR

OTT

LEP

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

S4

BE 7 , E 8A


(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

M 2MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(ON REAR SIDE)

M 1MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(ON FRONT SIDE)

( *3)

(*3)

(*3)

74

ENGINE CONTROL

21

2

I122 I123

I119

1G6

3E1

1E5

3E

10

IK1

F4

B46 B44 B66 A2 A6

B28 A20 A19 B29 A17

B45

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

BR

BR

BR

L–R

G–W

BR

W

B

B–R

BR

BR

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

BR

V–W

B–Y

B–R

B–R

BR

B–R

B–R

BR

BR

L–R

B–Y

BR

B

L–OL–O

3 128 13 7 2 1

4 15 1 14 19 3 5 8

2 4 3 5

BR

BR

L–O P

L–W

Y–G

V–W

L–O

L–B

LG

LG B–

Y

LG

L–B

L–O

B–Y

G–W

G–

Y

L–O

L–B

LG

1

BR

V–W

B–

Y I29

:U

SA

I42

:C

AN

AD

A

B–R

I52 : USAI85 : CANADA

THG THW THA KS SP1 W

VF2 TE1 TE2 VF1 TT

V 3VOLUME AIR FLOW(AIR FLOW METER)

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( EF

IW

AT

ER

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R)

E1

EG

RG

AS

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

E3

BE 7 , E 8

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)

A

OX1 OX2 FP VF2 IG–

E1 +BTE1 VF1

E1 TT W

ENG TE2 TE1

D 1DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

D 3DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL)

(*2)

IK1

F10LG

1

LG

75

* 2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL* 3 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL

* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

IK1F3 IK1F2 IK1E14

1J6 1H9

3D15

3D4

3A17

3D12

A

A15 A13 A1

A14 A10 B2

IF

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

BR

V–W

B–Y

B–R

B–R

BR

B–R

B–R

L–B

R–L

L–R

L–B

B–Y

B–Y

R–L

R–L

L–R

L–Y

V–W

W–B

W–B

2 3 1


V 1VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)

J11

AC

9,

C10

B

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ETE

R

15AGAUGE

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

RLA

MP

( CH

EC

KE

NG

INE

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

)

SPEED

76

ENGINE CONTROL

EFI MAIN RELAY(2)3– (2)5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1 – 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)

4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F) 2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F) 0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F) 0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F) 0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)

I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE)1, 3–2 : APPROX. 10–30 4, 6–5 : APPROX. 10–30

I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX. 13.8

T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR1–4 : APPROX. 4–9 1–3 : 3.3–10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED POSITION

0.2– 0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)1–2 : 0–2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.45 MM (0.018 IN.)

INFINITY WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.55 MM (0.022 IN.)

E 7(A), E 8(B) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(VOLTAGE AT ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU WIRING CONNECTORS)

BATT – E1 : 9 – 14 VOLTSIGSW – E1 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

M–REL – E1 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON+B – E1 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

IDL1 – E2 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPENVTA1 – E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

3.2–4.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60 – E01, E02 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

THA – E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)THW – E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)STA – E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING

ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4 – E1 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONW – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE IDLING

ACIS – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONIGF – E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON

NSW – E1 : 0–3 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER P OR N POSITION: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT P OR N POSITION

SP1 : 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL ONLYTE1, TE2 – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR)

TE1–E1 NOT CONNECTED 0–1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR): TE1–E1 CONNECTED

A/C – E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING OFF: 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON

ELS – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT ON, DEFOGGER ON: 0–3 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT OFF, DEFOGGER OFF

STP – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED): 0–3 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF

(RESISTANCE OF ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU WIRING CONNECTORS)IDL1 – E2 : INFINITY WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN

0–2.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSEDVTA1 – E2 : 3.3 K10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN

: 200 –800 WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSEDVCC – E2 : 4 K9 KTHA – E2 : 2 K3 K WITH INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)THW – E2 : 200 400 WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)

ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4 – +B : 10–30 #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60 – +B : 13.2 – 14.2

ACIS – +B : 38.5 – 44.5

SERVICE HINTS

77

: PARTS LOCATION


C9 B 28 I 4 26 M 2 27

C10 A 28 I 5 26 M 3 27

D 1 26 I 6 26 M 4 27

D 2 26 I 7 26 P 1 27

D 3 28 I 8 26 P 2 27

D 6 28 I 9 26 S 4 27

E 1 26 I11 29 S10 29

E 3 26 J 1 27 T 2 27

E 7 A 28 J 6 29 V 1 27

E 8 B 28 J 9 29 V 3 27

F12 30 J11 29 V 4 27

F13 30 K 1 27 V 5 27

I 1 26 K 2 27 V 6 27

I 2 26 M 1 27 V 7 27

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A

1E

1G 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J

3A

3D 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3E

( )







IC2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IE136 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE236 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IK138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)


: GROUND POINTS




IF 36 BEHIND COMBINATION METER

BK 40 UNDER THE FRONT SEAT LH

78

ENGINE CONTROL

: SPLICE POINTS


E16 I8938 COWL WIRE

E17 I9938 COWL WIRE

E18 I118

E1934 ENGINE WIRE

I119

E2034 ENGINE WIRE

I121

E21 I122

E22 I123

E23 I12638 ENGINE WIRE

I29 I12738 ENGINE WIRE

I42 I128

I45 I130

I5238 ENGINE WIRE

I132

I6438 ENGINE WIRE

I133

I77 I134

I85 B2040 FLOOR NO 2 WIRE

I87 B2140 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

79

80

HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)

EB212

EB17 EA110 EA14

E 6 E12

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

E 3

E 8

2 2

2 2

1J10

2

2 2

A

A

1J

11

1B

4

A

IF

3A5

3D4

EC13

EA

A

6 17

6

3 1

10

2 4

9

24

16 18 9

1 3

7

A


COMBINATIONSW

BATTERY

INT

EG

RA

TIO

NR

ELA

Y

HE

AD

LIG

HT

HI

RH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LOR

H

HE

AD

LIG

HT

HI

LH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LOLH

15AHEAD LH

15AHEAD RH

HRLY

H

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

DIM

ME

RS

W

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

50A

MA

IN

J11

C13

H4

H6

H3

H5

I12

W–B

W–B

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

W–B

B–L

R–B

R–

Y

W–B

W–B

R–

YR

–W

R–W R R

R

R–W

R–W

R–W

R

R–W

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G W W

R–G

W

W

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

HE

AD

LIG

HT

IND

ICA

TO

R

A6

A5 B23

HIG

HB

EA

M

IG

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ET

ER

BC

9,

C10

A

W–B

B

B

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

5 6

AC 9

X X

X X X

23XXX

B ORANGEC10

17 18

96

16

1 2

1 2

6 7

C13 H 3, H 4

H 5, H 6 I12

BLACK

BROWN

AAA

A A A A A

A A A A

J 2 J11

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B

B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 7 GRAY

81

HEADLIGHT RELAY(2) 2– (2) 1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]6–16 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION

C13 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]17–18 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION 9–18 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C 9 A 28 H 4 26 J 2 29

C10 B 28 H 5 26 J 7 29

C13 28 H 6 26 J11 29

H 3 26 I12 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

3A22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)







: GROUND POINTS


EA 34 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER


IG 36 BEHIND GOLVE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS


E 334 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE



E1234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

–

SERVICE HINTS

82

HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA)

C

C

1B7 2

EB213

3D

13

2

1B5 3E16

3E

14

1J2 3A15

EC16

ED16

1

1

L


PARKINGBRAKE SW

BATTERY

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

15AGAUGE

7. 5AECU–B


D 4

J 7

P 4

G 2

W–R

B–R

W–R

Y–G

B–L

YY

Y

Y–B

W–R

11 8

2 15

R–G

14

2 2 2

1 3

10

9

2 4

50A

MA

IN

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

W–R

W

W

R–G

B

W W R–G B

13

83

A

A

EB27 EB212

C C

2

1

2

1

IE IF

A

3D4

3A5

175

A

6

17 6

A

9 18 16

7

13 1618

A

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY

COMBINATIONSW

INTE

GR

AT

ION

RE

LAY

DIODE(FOR TRACTIONCONTROL)

A

BR

AK

EFL

UID

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

FLASHDIM

ME

RS

WLI

GH

TC

ON

TR

OL

SW

I12

C13

D 4

J 2

D 7

J 9

B1

J11J 2

W

W

R–Y

R–Y

Y–B

R–G R–G

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–W

R–L

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

2

2

2

2

W

W

R–G

B

R–W

R–Y

R–Y

R–G

B

1

3

2

4


I26

R–W

R–WFROM DIODE(FOR HEADLIGHT CLEANER)

HIGH

B W–BW–B B

R–L

84


2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

EA19 EA18

EC112

EA17 EB223 EB17

22

2 2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

E 8

A

A

2

EC114

66

6 6

IE IF EB EA

A

A

10AHEAD(LH–UPR)

10AHEAD(RH–UPR)

7. 5ADRL

10AHEAD(RH–LWR)

10AHEAD(LH–LWR)

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

NO

.3

HEADLIGHTLO RH

HEADLIGHTLO LH

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

HIGH BEAMINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAYNO. 4

HEADLIGHTHI LH

HEADLIGHTHI RH

H 4H 3

C 9

J 7

J 1

H 6 H 5

W

W

R–Y

R–Y

R–W

W–G

R–Y

W W

W

R–Y

R–G

R–Y

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

W–G

R–L

R–W

R–W

R–L

R–W

R–W

W–G

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

EA116

R

W–R

3 1 33 5 7

4 2 34 6 8

6

4 1

5

23

4 3

2

5 1

W–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

EA14

R

AJ11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)

85

VOLTAGE IS ALWAYS APPLIED FROM THE MAIN FUSE, THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 5 OF THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY, TERMINAL 6 OF INTEGRATION RELAY, TERMINAL 17 OF DIMMER SW, DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY NO. 2 (COIL SIDE), TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON,VOLTAGE FROM THE GAUGE FUSE IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY.

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE STARTS, VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL L OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OFTHE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THERELAY AND THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT DO NOT OPERATE.

WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE PARKINGBRAKE SW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY,TURNING ON THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2. CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM THE MAIN FUSE TO DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE → HEADLIGHT HI–LH → HEADLIGHT HI–RH → TERMINAL 4 OF DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT HALF THEIR NORMALBRIGHTNESS.

ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY HAS BEEN ACTIVATED AND THE HEADLIGHTS LIGHT UP, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ONEVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS ENGAGED AGAIN (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).

2. HEADLIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT HEAD POSITION AND THE DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THEHEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 6 OF LIGHT CONTROLSW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY.

THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD LWR FUSE → HEADLIGHT LO → GROUND,CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT NORMAL BRIGHTNESS. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DRL FUSE →DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3, NO. 4 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, ACTIVATING RELAY NO. 3 AND NO. 4.

WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT HIGH POSITION, TERMINAL 9 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY TO ACTIVATE IT. THIS TURNS ON DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY RELAY NO. 2 SO CURRENTFLOWS FROM DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE → HEADLIGHT HI LH → DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND FROM THE HEAD (RH–UPR) FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAYNO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → HEADLIGHT HI RH → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, CAUSING THEHEADLIGHTS TO OPERATE AT HI.

WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 17 OFTHE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 18 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE RELAY. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHTRELAY (POINT SIDE) FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT LO, LIGHTING UP HEADLIGHT LO AND ACTIVATING DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAYNO. 3 AND NO. 4. THEN TERMINAL 9 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY, ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT HI LIKE IT DOES FOR HIGHPOSITION. THIS CAUSES ALL HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP.

D 4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY15–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM

DOES NOT OPERATE OR LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION(WITH THE CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED, ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS)

8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

: PARTS LOCATION


B 1 26 H 3 26 J 2 29

C 9 28 H 4 26 J 7 29

C13 28 H 5 26 J 9 29

D 4 28 H 6 26 J11 29

D 7 28 I12 29 P 4 29

G 2 26 J 1 27

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

86


: RELAY BLOCKS



6 24 R/B NO. 6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)



1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)


3A

3D 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3E

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)





ED1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO .4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)

: GROUND POINTS




IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL


: SPLICE POINTS


E 8 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I26 38 COWL WIRE

88

FOG LIGHT

2 2

6 6

2 2

2

6 6

2

EC110

E10

E 4 E 9

1

2

1

2

EB110

EB212

A

A

A

IF EB EA

3D4

3A5

EB23

22

6 8 14 5

10

3 1

8 4

1 3

6

7

9

4 2

7 3

2 5

31

1816

A

10AHEAD(LH–LWR)

15AHEADLH

15AFOG

FOG LIGHTRELAY

HRLY

H

INTEGRATIONRELAY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

50A

MA

IN

BA

TTE

RY

FOGLIGHT LH

FOGLIGHT RH

COMBINATION SW

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

OFF

ON

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

DIM

ME

RS

W

FOG

LIG

HT

SW


J11

F 1 F 2

C13

I12

J 2

G–O

G–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–L

R–B

R–G

G–O

G–O

G–Y

G–Y

R–G

R–G

WWR–G

G–B

R

R–G

R–Y

W–B

W

W

R(CANADA)

( US

A)

(CANADA)

(USA)

( CA

NA

DA

)

( US

A)


32

89

FOG LIGHT RELAY(6) 3– (6) 5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON

POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C13 28 F 2 26 J 2 29

F 1 26 I12 29 J11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS













: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS



E10 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE


18

85 6

14 16

1 2 1 26

AAA

A A AA A

A A A A

C13 F 1 F 2 I12

J 2 J11

7

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

BLACK BLACK

SERVICE HINTS

90

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

1A2 2

EB12IH23

IH21

C

C

IH25 IH213IH24 IH22

I46 I91

I90 I58

I59

I58

I59

2

3

2

3

6 6

IM211 IM24IC2B8 IC2B7

A

B

B

E 7E 4

BNIE EB EA IG

6

A9 A10

6957182

10 8

2 1

4 43

3 3

B23

E

LB

BC

9,C

10A

TURNRH

LHHAZARD

OFF

ON

G–W W

G–W W

W

G–B G

G–Y

R–W

G–B G

G–Y

W–B

G–B

G–BG

–Y

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–BG

G

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–BG

–YG

G–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–B G–B

G–Y G–YG

G

R–W

W

C12 H 9

J 3

F6

F5

R11

R9

J 7

J13A

LH RH


22

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] HAZARD SW

TURN SIGNALFLASHER

RE

AR

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

RE

AR

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TR

H]

FRO

NT

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

RH

FRO

NT

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

LH

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

IND

ICA

TO

RLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


10ATURN

20AHAZ–HORN

21

G–Y

91

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER(6) 1 – GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 VOLTS TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR

RIGHT, OR WITH HAZARD SW ON(6) 2 – GROUND : APPROX.. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON(6) 3 – GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 9 A 28 F6 26 J13 30

C10 B 28 H 9 29 R 9 31

C12 28 J 3 29 R11 31

F 5 26 J 7 29

: RELAY BLOCKS






1A 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)



EB1 34 COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)


IH2 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IM2 38 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS





IG 36 BEHIND GLOVE BOX

BN 40 LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT

: SPLICE POINTS



I59


I90 38 COWL WIRE

I4638 COWL WIRE

I91

38 COWL WIRE

I5838 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

92

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

94

INTERIOR LIGHT

2

1C1 1B2 1K7 1H6 1C5 1K12

3D9 3A11

1B3 1H191H2 1K1

3D1 3E11

EB11

IE112 IE117

IE116

I50

B17

B 5

B,

C11

AC

10

B12

A11

B66

B12

B16

B14

B19

1

OF

F

DO

OR

ON

2 1 2 1

IF24 IF23 BQ12 BQ11

BM BK


15ACIG

15AGAUGE

10ADOME

12

OP

EN

DO

OR

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

.M

ET

ER

]

I23

:US

AI3

8:C

AN

AD

A

INTEGRATION RELAY

REARPERSONALLIGHT LH

1 3

2

1 3

2

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TLH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

LH

DOOR COURTESY LIGHTREAR LH

DOOR COURTESY LIGHTFRONT LH


J12D12

D14

D 8 D10

R15

L–Y

L–Y

R–G

R–G L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–G

R–G

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–W

R–Y

R–W

R–W

W–B

R–W R–Y

R–Y

R–W

R–Y

R–W

G–WL–

YR

W–B

R–Y

L–Y

G–W

G–W

G–W

AA A

W–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–W

G–W

G–B

W–B

L–Y

W–B

3 2

W–B

4 6

11 7 1 2

11

2 1

DIODE(FOR INTERIOR LIGHT)

D23

95

I47

B 1

IL11

IL13

3

1

OFF

ON

DO

OR

1 2 1 2 1 2

B 2B 3

IL12

IG

2 1

34

CONDENSER LH

STEP LIGHTLH

STEP LIGHTRH

IGNITION KEYCYLINDERLIGHT

VA

NIT

YLI

GH

TLH

VA

NIT

YLI

GH

TR

H

S 7 S 8 I10

V9

V8

C18

2

R–G

L–Y

R–G L–

Y

R–G

R–G L–

Y

R–G

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–W L–

Y

R–G

R–G

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–W

G–W

G–B

W–B

R–G

W–BW–B

L–Y

R–W

CTY C

DLMP GND

I28

:US

AI3

9:C

AN

AD

A

R–G

2

1

2

1

FR

ON

TP

ER

SO

NA

LLI

GH

TF

10

96

INTERIOR LIGHT

2 1 2 1

2

1

OF

FO

N

DO

OR

B42

B38

B34

B27

B26 B36

IM18 IM117

BL BN

IN13 IN11 BR12 BR11

IM1

11

1 2

B40

A


J13

1

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT SW

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENT LIGHT

FROM THEFTDETERRENT ECU

1 3

2 DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TR

H

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WR

EA

RR

H

1 3

2DOOR COURTESY LIGHTFRONT RH

DOOR COURTESY LIGHTREAR RH

1 2

4 3

GND DLMP

CTY C

CO

ND

EN

SE

RR

H

RE

AR

PE

RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

RH

L 7L 8

D13

D15 D 9 D11

C19

R16

L–Y

R–WG

L–Y

L–Y R–L

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

G–W

G–W

G–B

W–B

W–BW–B

R–W

G

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

L–Y

G

R–W

R–W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

G L–Y

G–W L–

Y

G–W

G–W

L–Y

1

1

2

G D24

DIO

DE

( FO

RIN

TE

RIO

RLI

GH

T)

3

97

INTEGRATION RELAY1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR (FRONT LH AND RH, REAR LH AND RH) OPEN6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN

D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH

1, 3–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

L 8 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW

1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION


C10 A 28 D13 30 L 7 30

C11 B 28 D14 30 L 8 30

C18 30 D15 30 R15 31

C19 30 D23 28 R16 31

D 8 30 D24 28 S 7 29

D 9 30 F10 30 S 8 29

D10 30 I10 29 V 8 31

D11 30 J12 30 V 9 31

D12 30 J13 30

: RELAY BLOCKS





1B

1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K

3A


3E

( )




IE1 36 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IL1 38 COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)


IN1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BR1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS




BL 40 UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH

BM 40 LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT


SERVICE HINTS

98

INTERIOR LIGHT

: SPLICE POINTS


I23 B16

I28 B17 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I3838 COWL WIRE

B19

40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I3938 COWL WIRE

B26

I47 B27

I50 B34

B 1 B36 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

B 2 40 ROOF WIRE B38

40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

B 3

40 ROOF WIRE

B40

B 5 B42

B12 40 FRONT NO. 2 WIRE B66 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

B14

99

ILLUMINATION

100

ILLUMINATION

B

B

3D16 3D17

1B8 1H18 1A7

1E

4

OFF

TAIL

HEADLIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

3E18 3A9

2

3A5

3D4 3B15

A

IF

2

W

RHEOSTAT

G–R

G–R

LGLG B–R

B–R

G–Y

4

4 6 37

2 3

5 2

7

1

1 5

W

TAILLIGHTRELAY

7. 5APANEL

10AECU–IG

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


J 3W

–B

R–B

W–B

W–R

W–G

INTEGRATIONRELAY

COMBINATIONSW

COMBINATIONMETER

I12

C13

R 8

C10 B

2

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–B


J11

16

BATTERY

5

B2 B4100A

ALT

B1

1J6

R–L

15AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 58)

ILLU

MIN

AT

ION

IG

B

B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

101

3E7 3A7 3D6 3C16 3B7 3C6

C

C

1

5

2

1

4

3

2

1

9

8

3

2

3

4

B

B

BIH2

12

LG LG LG G LG

LG

LG LG LG

C C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

6

2

B

SE

AT

HE

AT

ER

SW

A/T

IND

ICA

TO

RLI

GH

T( F

OR

SH

IFT

LEV

ER

)

ELE

CT

RO

NIC

ALL

YC

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

PA

TT

ER

NS

ELE

CT

SW

RA

DIO

AN

DP

LAY

ER

CIG

AR

ET

TE

LIG

HT

ER

A/C

CO

NT

RO

LA

SS

EM

BLY

HA

ZA

RD

SW

CLO

CK

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G W

–G

W–G

W–G

W–

B

W–GW

–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–B


S5

A15

E6 R

3

C7

A10

H9

C8

W–GI108 I111 I111 I110

102

ILLUMINATION

3F10

3A18

I62

I73

B33

IE113

IM17

BR17

2

1

1

2

2

1

1

2

BQ17

BQ110 BR110

2

1

B

A

IG BM BL

LG

LG

LG

LGLG

LG

LG LGLG

LGLG

LG

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

TA

ILLI

GH

TIN

DIC

AT

OR

[CO

MB

.M

ET

ER

]

GLO

VE

BO

XLI

GH

TS

WW

–BG

LOV

EB

OX

LIG

HT

AS

HT

RA

YIL

LUM

INA

TIO

NR

EA

RLH

RE

AR

CIG

AR

ETT

ELI

GH

TE

RIL

LUM

INA

TIO

N

AS

HT

RA

YIL

LUM

INA

TIO

NR

EA

RR

H

B

G3

A29

R6 A3

0

G4

J 7

J12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

AB

,C11

C10

A17

B23

W–B

W–B

B

W–B

( CA

NA

DA

)( C

AN

AD

A)

103

TAILLIGHT RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]7–16 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


A10 28 C13 28 J 7 29

A15 28 E 6 28 J10 29

A29 30 G 3 28 J11 29

A30 30 G 4 28 J12 30

C 7 28 H 9 29 R 3 29

C 8 28 I12 29 R 6 29

C10 B 28 J 3 29 R 8 29

C11 A 28 J 6 29 S 5 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A

1B

1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H


1J

3A 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3B22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3C22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3D

3E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3F

( )








: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS


I62 I11038 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I73 38 COWL WIRE I11138 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE


SERVICE HINTS

104

TAILLIGHT10

0AA

LT

2

1

2 3

1 5

E 2

E 4 E 7

2

1

2

1

3D4

2

1B8 1J14 1H7

2

1E

4

IC2B15

IF EB EA

3A5

10ATAIL

4

16

B

A

7

5

B

B–L

W

G–R

G–R

G–Y

W–B

W–B

G

G

GG G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W

G

TAILLIGHTRELAY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

INTEGRATIONRELAY

I12

BATTERY

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

COMBINATION SWC13


J11

FRONT CLEARANCELIGHT LH

FRONT CLEARANCELIGHT RH

F 5 F 6

W–B

IH28

G–R

G–R

G–R

11

T

AUTOMATICLIGHT CONTROLSENSOR

A26


G–R

(USA)

(CANADA)

105

IM22 IM34

1H9 1J6

3E17

3A17A1

B8

BN

B53 B49

B51 B50

15AGAUGE

7 12 11

4433

5 8 4

1 1 2 2

A

B–Y

R–L

R–L

R–G

R–L

R–G

G–R

G G

W–B

G G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

G G

G


REAR LIGHTWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

AC 9 , C10B

A

TAIL

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

TAIL

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TR

H]

TAIL

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

TAIL

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TR

H]

R9

R11

R10

R12


LIGHT FAILURE SENSORL 4

DE

LAY

CIR

CU

IT

IM21

B52

B45

G–R

G–R

2

1

2

1

W–B

W–B

W–B

GG

AA

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TE

LIG

HT

RH

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TE

LIG

HT

LH

L3

L2

+

+

–

–

G–R

(CANADA)

(USA)

106

TAILLIGHT

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION. THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURESENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION. IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 7, 12 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.

AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNSTHE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.

TAILLIGHT RELAY5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

L 4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR4, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


A26 28 I12 29 L 4 30

C 9 B 28 J 3 29 R 9 31

C10 A 28 J11 29 R10 31

C13 28 J13 30 R11 31

F 5 26 L 2 30 R12 31

F 6 26 L 3 30

: RELAY BLOCKS





1B



1J

3A


3E

( )





IM238 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)


: GROUND POINTS






SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

107

: SPLICE POINTS


E 2 B49

E 4 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE B50

E 7

34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

B51 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

I1538 COWL WIRE

B52

40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

I2738 COWL WIRE

B53

B45 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

108

STOP LIGHT

1D3 1H9 1J6

3D11

3E17

3D3

3A17

IM23

IM22 IM34

+–

9 8 4

2

DELAYCIRCUIT

LIGHT FAILURE SENSORL 4

B48 B54

+–

B43

B51

B50A A

BN

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

ST

OP

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

ST

OP

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TR

H]

ST

OP

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

ST

OP

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TR

H]


AC 9 , C10B

REAR LIGHTWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

15AGAUGE

20ASTOP

STOP LIGHTSW


1 12

10

2

33

1

4 4

11

A1

B8

S 9

R10

R12

R9

R11

A

J13

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W R–L

R–G

R–L

R–G

R–L

B–Y

G–W

W

R–W

R–W

W–B

R–W

R–WR

–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B W–B

W–B

G–W

A1

A2

B

1

B

2

BH10 A

1

2

W–B

109

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURESENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 9, 10 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2 CHANGES, SO THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR ISACTIVATED.

AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNSTHE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.

S 9 STOP LIGHT SW2–1: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

L 4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR9, 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON 4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 9 B 28 J13 30 R11 31

C10 A 28 L 4 30 R12 31

H10A 30 R 9 31 S 9 29

H10B 30 R10 31



1D

1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J


3A


3E

( )





: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS


B43 B5140 FLOOR NO 1 WIRE

B48 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE B5440 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

B50

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

110

STOP LIGHT

8

X X

1 X X X

XXX

1 X2

A A

A A A A

4X21

X 8 9 10 112

3 4

11 2

BC 9 A ORANGEC10 J13

L 4 R 9, R11 R10, R12 S 9

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A BLUEH10 BH10

1 2

111

BACK–UP LIGHT

4

3

4

3

A

3D15

1H9

3A17

84IK1E13

IM25

IK1E14

B46

B51

BN

15AGAUGE

R–L R–L R–B R–B R–B

R–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–Y


BACK–UP LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]

P 1


J13B

AC

K–U

PLI

GH

TR

H[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

BA

CK

–UP

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

R12

R10

A A

A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X 4

8 3 4 3 4

J13 P 1 R10 R12GRAY

P 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)]4–8: CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


J13 30 R10 31

P 1 27 R12 31










: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS


B46 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE B51 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

112

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

2

1A7 2

3B21 1C5

3B12

3E19

1H2

2 2

3D17 1C1

3D9

3B8

1K9

A

A

A

IF BM

A

IH27 IH28

EB212 1H26

IE117

EB1

1

2

3

AUTO

B–R

L–Y

L–Y

L–YB

–R

G–O

R–G

R–G

WR–G

W–B

G–Y

R–B

R–G

G–R

G–W

G–W

R–Y

R–Y

W–B

G–R

R–G

G–R

B–L

G–O

R–G

10 11 7

16 7 6

7 4

24

9

10

3 1 15

9 3 4

6 5


L–Y

10AECU–IG

10ADOME

COMBINATION SWC13

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSORA26

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

50AMAIN

BATTERY

A IG B

H T CTY

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J2

I12INTEGRATIONRELAY


DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT LH

D12


J11 J12

R–G

12

A

3D4

3A5

W–B

R–B

G–Y

11

113

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGHECU–IG FUSE. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 4 OF AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH DOMEFUSE, AND TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS IN AUTO POSITION, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS A DECREASE INTHE AMBIENT LIGHT (TO BETWEEN 80 AND 400 LUX), THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. ABOUT 5 SECONDS AFTER ITIS ACTIVATED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL16 TO GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHTS.

IF THE AMBIENT LIGHT DROP BELOW 80 LUX, THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT SENSOR IS ACTIVATED AND ABOUT 3 SECONDS LATERCURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 16 TOGROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS.

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT AUTO POSITION AND ACTIVATION OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT SENSOR HAS TURNED ON THEHEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS AMBIENT LIGHT ABOVE 800 LUX, THESENSOR IS TURNED OFF AFTER ABOUT 5 SECONDS. SO THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 15 OFLIGHT CONTROL SW STOP, AND THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TURN OFF.

A26 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR4–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION9–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN

HEADLIGHT RELAY(2)1– (2)2 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION

C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]15–16 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


A26 28 I12 29 J12 30

C13 28 J 2 29

D12 30 J11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS


2 19 R/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)



1A


1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K


3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3E22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)







: GROUND POINTS




SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

114

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

6 7

15 16

2 34 5 6 7X X 3 4

X X 7 X 9 1110

AAA

A A AA A

A A A A

A26 C13 D12 I12

J 2 J11, J12

BLACK

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

115

HORN

1 3

2

2

2 2

EB211 EA13

2

A

A

13 1 1


WG

–WG

–WG

–W

B

B

B

22

20AHAZ–HORN

HORNRELAY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

HORN SW[COMB. SW]

J 3

C13H 7 H 8HORN (LOW) HORN (HIGH)

13

1 1

AAA

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C13 H 7 H 8

J 3

BLACK BLACK

BLACK

21

HORN RELAY(2)2– (2)3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION


C13 28 H 8 26

H 7 26 J 3 29

: RELAY BLOCKS







SERVICE HINTS

116

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

2 2 2

1E4

B

B

A

AEB11

EB212

1C1

A6A5

A7 A42

1B3

1B8

A A

IE112

3D

4

3A

5

IF BM

2

1

50A

MA

IN

100A

ALT

BATTERY



COMBINATIONSW


HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

TAILLIGHTRELAY

10ADOME

15AGAUGE

3 1

110

5 1

6 7

9 2

24

16

1 7

6

3 2

2

I12 A

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

INTEGRATION RELAY

J 3 J 2

C13

D12

J12J11

W–B

R–W

R–W

W–B

B–L

R–B

G–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–G

R–G

G–R

G–R

W

WR–G

W–B

R–G

SQ

R

SR

Q

FROM POWER SOURSE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

12

11

TRLY HRLY

H T

117

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGEFUSE.

VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, ANDTO TERMINAL (A)6 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. DUETO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)4 → TERMINAL 7 OF THELIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON.

<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT INTO TERMINALS (A)4 AND (A)7 OF THE INTEGRATIONRELAY. DUE TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)7 → TERMINAL6 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT ANDHEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH LIGHT ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’SSIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFFWHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL (A)4 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A)6 TOTERMINAL (A)7 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT.AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

HEAD RELAY(2)2– (2)1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION (FOR USA)

: CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED (FOR CANADA)TAILLIGHT RELAY

5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITIOND12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

1–2: CLOSED WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPENI12 INTEGRATION RELAY

7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

(A) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION(A) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C13 28 J 2 29 J12 30

D12 30 J 3 29

I12 A 29 J11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1B

1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1E

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)



SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

118

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF






: GROUND POINTS




119

HEADLIGHT CLEANER (FOR CANADA)

H 2 HEADLIGHT CLEANER RELAY5–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND HEADLIGHT CLEANER SW ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C13 28 D 5 28 I12 29

C14 28 H 1 26 J 2 29

D 4 28 H 2 26 J11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL

1L20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL






: GROUND POINTS




SERVICE HINTS

120

HEADLIGHT CLEANER (FOR CANADA)

EB222

1H15

1L3

1H17

222

5

1

2

12

3

M

2

1

B

B

IE

BATTERY

L–W

W–B

R–G

R–G

W

W–L

W–L

LL

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

SH

OR

TP

IN

50A

MA

IN

100A

ALT

40A

AM

1

B–L

L–B

B–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

2 4

9 2 7

2 43

1531

10 1 8

20AWIPER


HEADLIGHTCLEANER SW[COMB. SW]

C14

J 2

H 1

TIMERHEADLIGHTCLEANERRELAY

H 2

L–W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

HEADLIGHTCLEANER MOTOR(FOR CANADA)

121

EB212

A

A

OFF

TAIL

AUTO

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

HEAD

3A5

3D4

R–G

L–W

W–B W–B

R–G

R–G

R–B

W–B

W–B

16

2

6

3

7

6

INTEGRATIONRELAY

I12

1

A J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C13COMBINATIONSW

R–W

R–G

A

IF

A


A

W–B

E

DRL

17

13

DAYTIMERUNNINGLIGHT RELAY

D 4

J11

D 5DIODE(FOR HEADLIGHT CLEANER)

122

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

1J7

3A2

3D10

IG23 IG211 IG24 IO14 IO12 IO13

A

A

B

B

M M M M

IG

15ACIG


REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

OP

ER

AT

ION

SW

SE

LEC

TS

W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

REMOTECONTROLMIRROR RH

REMOTECONTROLMIRROR LH

LEFT

RIG

HT

UP

DO

WN

LEFT

/U

P

RIG

HT/

DO

WN

HRHL VL VR

123687

4

2 4 3 2 4 3

BR

–R

BR

–Y

LG–R

LG

LG–B

LG–R

W–B

W–B

BR

–R

LG

BR

–Y

LG–R

LG

LG–B

LG–R

LG–R

BR

–Y

LG–B

LG

LG–R

P–L

GR

A

R19 R20

J 7

J4

R 7

M+ E

MLH MLV M+ MRH MRV M+

123

R 7 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2–1 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT LEFT OR UP POSITION4–2 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT RIGHT OR DOWN POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


J 4 29 R 7 29 R20 31

J 7 29 R19 31








IG2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IO2 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS



AAA B

B

1 2 3

4 X 6 7 84 23 4 23

J 4 J 7 R 7 R19 R20BLACK GRAY GREEN

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B

SERVICE HINTS

124

POWER WINDOW

2 1A71K2 1H20

1H6

6 6

1J12

1B3

1C1

6 6

1H19

1J13

I44

I 1

IG13

IM28

IE112IM18

B1 A7 A6 A9

B3 A4

2

1

2

1

BL IE


DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT RH

THEFT DETERRENTECU

BT 7 , T 8A POWERMAINRELAY

10ADOME

10AECU–IG

30APOWER


KEY OFF POWER CIRCUIT


D12D13

W–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

BR

W–B L

LL

L

L–W

B–R

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–L

W

L

L–R

LL

L

W–B W–B

L

W–BBR

1 3

2 5

12

EB11

11

3D17

3E20

B–R

125

BM BK

B 4 B11

M2 1

IF13 IF18

A

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

UP

DO

WN

AU

TO

NO

RM

AL

LOC

K

DO

OR

LOC

K

FRONT LH


POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT LH

P10

J12

P 98

5 4 6 3

W–B

L

W–B

L

LL

L–R

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R G

W–B

R

S

–+

–+

Q

WIN

DO

WLO

CK

SW

126

POWER WINDOW

IN16 IO19 IO11 BR16 BR114 BR15 BQ16 BQ114 BQ15

IG15 IG12 IF110 IF15 IF27 IF111 IF16 IE120

BS19 BS15B28 B 7

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

M

DO

WN

UP

M

DO

WN

UP

M

DO

WN

UP

FRONT RH REAR RH REAR LH

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NT

RO

LS

WF

RO

NT

RH

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NT

RO

LS

WR

EA

RR

H

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NT

RO

LS

WR

EA

RLH

POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT RH

POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH

POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH

P11 P13 P12

P7

P8

P6

P 9

L

L

L L

G R G R G R

LL

G–W R–L L

G–B

R–B L

G–Y

R–Y

G–Y

R–YLR

–B

G–B

R–L

G–W

G–W R–L

G–B

R–B L

G–Y

R–Y

L

G–B

L

R–B

54 1

54 1

54 1

2 1 2

2 3 2 3 2 3

121091471311

1 2 1

127

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE THEFTDETERRENT ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, THIS ACTIVATESTHE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THERELAY → TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 5 (FRONT RH, REAR LH, RH) OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL SW.

1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (DRIVER’S) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND AND CAUSESTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED.

IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 6 OF THEMASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION ANDCAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.

2. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THEPOWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO THE DOWN CONTACT POINT AND AUTO DOWN CONTACT POINT OF THE DRIVER’S SW.

THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND THE HOLD CIRCUIT ALSO TURNS ON ATTHE SANE TIME, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) REMAINS ACTIVATED EVEN WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED.

CURRENT FLOWS AT THIS TIME FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 2 OFPOWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, SO THEMOTOR CONTINUES TO OPERATE UNTIL THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY DOWN.

WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW FINISHES DOWN OPERATION THE HOLD CIRCUIT GOES OFF, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) ALSOTURNS OFF. THIS STOPS THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 6, SO THEPOWER WINDOW MOTOR STOPS AND AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.

WHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED ON THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, THE HOLD CIRCUIT IS TURNED OFF SOCURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 6 IS CUT OFF AND THE POWER WINDOWMOTOR STOPS. IF THE SW REMAINS PULLED UP THE RELAY (UP SIDE) IS ACTIVATED, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 →TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION AND MANUAL UP OPERATION OCCURSWHILE THE SW IS PULLED UP.

3. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWERWINDOW CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 →TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATIONCONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES INREVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOWBECOMES OPEN.

AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOWCANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE, REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THEABOVE CIRCUIT.

4. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWERFUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OFPOWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENTFLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOWMASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5 (FRONT RH, REAR LH, RH) OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE ANDLOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)3 OF THEFT DETERRENT ECU. AS ARESULT, THE ECU TURNED OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVENENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

128

POWER WINDOW

P 9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4, 5–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION 6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN

POSITIONWINDOW LOCK SW

OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


D12 30 P 8 31 P13 31

D13 30 P 9 31 T 7 A 29

J12 30 P10 31 T 8 B 29

P 6 31 P11 31

P 7 31 P12 31

: RELAY BLOCKS






1A

1B


1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J

1K





EB1 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IF136

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF236

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)


IM138

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IM238

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IN1 38 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)


BQ1 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BR1 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BS1 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS


I 1 B 4

I1438 COWL WIRE

B 7 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I3438 COWL WIRE

B11

40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE


SERVICE HINTS

129

130

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

2 2

6 6

1G2

2 2

2 1H20 1K2

1K14

6 61

2

2

1

9

10

2

1

EB212 EB218

IK1E4

IM33

EC19

IE25

EB210

M

1

BK EA IEEB IG

B25 B10 A9

B14 A6 A4 B12 B20 B13 A1

E 7I60

I48

DA

6A D

5

9

10

W–R

B–L

B–W

R–G

R–G

R–G

Y–G

Y–G

W–R

B–L

L–W W

L–W

L–W

R–G

R–G

L–O

L–O

W–B W

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L BR

BR

L–W

RR

R

W–G

BB

B

B

W–B

L

W

B

B

BA

TTE

RY

FU

EL

LID

OP

EN

ER

SW

EN

GIN

EH

OO

DC

OU

RTE

SY

SW

E4F

7

POWERMAINRELAY

50A

MA

INH

EA

DLI

GH

TR

ELA

Y

13

5 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J2 PARK/NEUTRAL

POSITION SW(NEUTRALSTART SW)

P 1

15AAM2

UN

LOC

KW

AR

NIN

GS

W[ I

GN

ITIO

NS

W]

I11

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

EN

SW

L1

IND

ICA

TOR

LIG

HT

[RH

EO

STA

T]

R8

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TD

OO

RO

PE

NE

RM

OT

OR

L5

FU

EL

LID

OP

EN

ER

MO

TO

R

F11

FRO

MW

IRE

LES

SD

OO

RLO

CK

EC

U

TO

STA

RTE

R


ST

2A

M2

5

11

IGN

ITIO

NS

WI1

1

16

2

SRLY HEAD

DSWH PRLY E IND KSW TSW TO

+B2

P

N

BT 7 , T 8A THEFT DETERRENT ECU

30APOWER

2 4

1 3

EB25

4

1

IK1

E5 B–W

15

R

I138W–BW–B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J3

4 3

2 1

2

ST

AR

TE

RR

ELA

Y

R–G

B–W

B–W

7. 5AECU–B


2

EB213

3D13

3E14

C

C

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

14

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J7

B–W

M

2

1

131

2

EB211

IO113 IN14 BR112 BR111 IF25 IG19 BQ112 BQ111

IO15 IN15 BR113 BR14

IF26

IE18

IE118

M MM M

B21 A3 A2 B15 B2

B23 A8 B11 B24 A7

I97

B29 B32

B 9

B 8B30

3 2 2 34 3 4 3

D

4 2

1212

D

1441

3 1

C

AB

B

A

C

B

D

IE1

9

IF1

4

IM2

7

BQ1

13

IM1

19

IM2

6

BQ1

4

ALT100A

15ACIG

20AHAZ–HORN

1 22

G–R

P–L

GR

EB12

G–W

G–W

G–

W B

1

WG

–YW

W

TA

ILLI

GH

TR

ELA

Y

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

HORNRELAY

2

THEFTDETERRENTHORN

T 1

10AECU–IG

B–R

B–R

B–R

IGHORNSHACCTAIL

LSWP ACT+ ACT– LSWD LSWR

BB

FROM WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU

W–B

W–B

L–W

L–W

W–

B

L–W L–W L–W

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

AN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TE

CT

ION

SW

RE

AR

LH

D21

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

AN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

FR

ON

TLH

D1

9DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

AN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

NS

WR

EA

RR

H

D22

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

AN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TE

CT

ION

SW

FR

ON

TR

H

D2

0

FR

OM

WIR

ELE

SS

DO

OR

LOC

KE

CU

JUNCTIONCUNNECTOR

J 5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

RJ

5

2 1J7

1E4

3D10

1B8 3A3

2

2 2

W

L–RL–B L–B L–B L–B

L

LL–BL–B L L

L–W L–W

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–B

W–

B

L–W

L–W

W–

BL–

R

L–B

L–W

L–W

L

L–B

L–O

L–B

L–O

L

L–B

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–B

G–R



W

1A7

TO HORN LH

L–W

L–W

1 3

2

I43

:U

SA

I19

:C

AN

AD

A

212

3E20

3D17

B–R

I143

132


2

1

1

2

2

1

IO119 IO110 IO111

IG26 IG22

IM111

IF13 IF18

EB11

IM11 IE117

IM117

IM1

8

IE1

12

3D92

3A11

1H

2

1A

16

I 6

I 7

B11B 4

B34

B47B42

B 4 B15

B12

B35

IO16

BN BL BM

B1B8B5

B19 B9 B7

4 3 1

2

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K DOOR LOCKCONTROLSW RH

D18

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

45

1 2

DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW[POWER WINDOWMASTER SW]

P 9


I23

:US

AI3

8:C

AN

AD

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

L–YL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–W

W–R

B–W

W–R

B–W

W–R

B–W

W–R

B–Y

W–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

12

G

R–W

G

R–W

R–W

R–WG

2

3 1

L–W

L–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–Y R–Y

R–W

R–Y

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

AA

A

W–B

R–W

R–W

R–WR–W

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TR

H

D13

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

RH

D15

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

KE

YU

NLO

CK

SW

L6

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TLH

D12 D

OO

RC

OU

RTE

SY

SW

RE

AR

LH

D14



J13

W–B

3 1

2

L2 UL2

DSWP LUG

+B1

DSWD

W–B


W–B

10ADOME

A

1C1

1H6

1K12 1C5

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

11

W–B

133

IF19

IG25 IG21 IO118 IO112

IM1

2

1K1

1B3

1H

19

I102

I95

B41

I44

I96

IHBK

B22B6

B16B4

IO1

7

2

3 1

2

1 3

B3

A11

B12

1

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

L–Y

R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y R–W

R–L

B–Y

R–LR–L

L–Y

DSWL UL1

CTY UL3 L1

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

W–B

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B B–Y

BB

B–Y

BB

B

R–B

R–B

B–Y

R–L

R–W

W–B

W–B

FRO

MW

IRE

LES

SD

OO

RLO

CK

EC

U

W–B

W–B

W–B

TO WIRELESS DOORLOCK MAIN SW


L 8

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT

L 7U

NLO

CK

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

FR

ON

TLH

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

FR

ON

TR

H

D16

D17


BC10 , C11A

OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

1 2


134


CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU THROUGH THE POWER FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL(B)1 THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON. THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE ECU →TERMINAL (A)6 FLOWS THROUGH THE COIL SIDE OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY TO GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY TO OPERATE.THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER FUSE FLOWS TO THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES, CAUSING THEINDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)5 ,(B)22 (FOR KEY SW) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL(A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 (LH),TERMINAL 2 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → TO GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THEDOOR TO LOCK.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL (A)8, (B)6 (FOR KEY SW LH) OR (B)16 (FOR KEY SW RH) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES TO FUNCTION.CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCKMOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → TO GROUND AND THE DOORLOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO UNLOCK.

WHEN UNLOCK OPERATION OCCURS USING THE LH DOOR KEY SW, DOING THE UNLOCK OPERATION ONCE UNLOCKS ONLY THEDRIVER’S DOOR. TO UNLOCK ALL THE OTHER DOORS TOGETHER, UNLOCK OPERATION MUST BE DONE AGAIN WITHIN3SECONDS OF THE FIRST OPERATION.

3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION

* OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK BUTTON (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)

WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON) AND THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USINGDOOR LOCK BUTTON (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THEOPERATION OF THE ECU. AS A RESULT OF ECU ACTIVATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU →TERMINAL (A)2 → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) →TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND DOORLOCK KEY SW.

* KEY LESS LOCK OPERATION

WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE DOOR IS OPEN AND UNLOCKOPERATION IS PREVENTED BY KEEPING THE DOOR LOCK BUTTON PRESSED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE DOOR IS KEPT IN THELOCK CONDITION. IF THE DOOR IS THEN CLOSED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW. THISACTIVATES THE ECU AND EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED.

D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH

1–2: CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY3–2: CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY

D19, D20, D21, D22 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–3: CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION

E 4 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW

1–2: CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN

I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]

10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

L 6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW

2–1: CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY

L 8 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW

1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

135

T 7(A), T 8(B) THEFT DETERRENT ECU(B) 9–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN(B) 14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN(B) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN(B) 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO LOCK POSITION(B) 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 25–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION(A) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 20–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER(B) 15–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 21–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR KEY LOCK SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR KEY LOCK SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION(B) 22–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR KEY LOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION


C10 A 28 D22 30 L 5 30

C11 B 28 E 4 26 L 6 30

D12 30 F 7 28 L 7 30

D13 30 F11 30 L 8 30

D14 30 I11 29 P 1 27

D15 30 J 2 29 P 9 31

D16 30 J 3 29 R 8 29

D17 30 J 5 29 T 1 27

D18 30 J 7 29 T 7 A 29

D19 30 J12 30 T 8 B 29

D20 30 J13 30

D21 30 L 1 29

: RELAY BLOCKS






1A

1B

1C


1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1J

1K

3A


3E

( )

136









IF136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOR NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF236 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG236 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)


IM1


IM3

38 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)





: GROUND POINTS






IH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL





: SPLICE POINTS


E 7 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I13838 COWL WIRE

I 6 I14338 COWL WIRE

I 7 B 4

I11 B 8

I19 B 940 FLOOR NO 2 WIRE


I32 B12

I38 B15

I43 38 COWL WIRE B29

I44 B30

I48 B32

I60 B3440 FLOOR NO 1 WIRE


I96 B41

I97 B42

I102 B47

137

138

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

1K

14

1G

2

2

12

IM1

4

IM1

19

B32

I48

I96

I95

IM117

IM13 IM15 IM16 IM118 IM112

B20 B22 B16 B19 B6

EB1

1

9

10B39 B34

2

3 1

2

3 1

1 3 3 1

B

B

IG BL IH BN

IO118 IO112IG21 IG25

IO1

7

IF1

9


FRO

MD

OO

RC

OU

RT

ES

YLI

GH

TR

EA

RR

H

W–B

8 9 6 4 12 7 10 11

1

2

2

L–Y

W–L

L

L–O

L–R

L

L

L–O

L–R

L

R

B

R

B

B–Y

W–L

R B

B–Y

L–R

L–O L

R B

B–Y G R–B

R B

B–Y

R–W

KSW E L UL CTY LSWP LSWD LSWR

KSW L1 UL1 DSWP UL3


WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

WIRELESS DOOR LOCKMAIN SW

10ADOME


W 9

W10

BA , T 8T 7

W–B W–B W–B

W–B W–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

R–W R–W

R–B

UN

LOC

KW

AR

NIN

GS

W[IG

NIT

ION

SW

]JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

RW

–B

W–B

R

W–B

B

B–Y

B

B–Y

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

FRO

NT

RH

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

B

R–B

B

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

FRO

NT

LH R–W G

W–B

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TR

H

G–W

R–W

W–B

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

RH

2 2

J7

I11

D17

D16

D13

D15

J13

W–B

+B

1H

6

1C

5

1C

1

B1

+B1

L–Y

L–Y L–Y

B35

G

11

W–B

10AECU–IG

1A7

3D17

3E8

IM311

B–R

B–R

B–R3IG

B42

A

B47

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

139

1B

3

1H

19

B2 B21 A3 B15 A2

B3

IM1

8

IE1

12

I44

I97

B29

B 9

B BIE19

IM26

3

1

3

1

3

1

3

1

M MM M

BR111 BR112 IO113 IN14BQ111 BQ112 IF25 IG19

IE118

BR14 BR113 IO15 IN15BQ14 BQ113 IF26 IF14

B30

B 8B12

B 4

B15

DD

IE18

IM27

A

BM

31 31

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

BA , T 8T 7

R–W

R–W R–W

LSWR LSWP ACT+ LSWD ACT–

L

L–O

L–R

L L–B L–B

L

L–B L–B

L–O

L–B

R–W

L

L–B

L–R L–

O

R–Y

R–W

R–W

L–R

L–B

L–R

L–B L–

R

L–B

L–B

L–O

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RA

ND

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KD

ET

EC

TIO

NS

WR

EA

RR

H

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RA

ND

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

FRO

NT

RH

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RA

ND

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

SW

RE

AR

LH

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

AN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

FRO

NT

LH

2 24 4

4 42 2

CTY

L–B


L–R

L–B L–

O


L–R

D22

D20 D

21 D19

R–W

W–B

W–B

L–W L–W

L–W L–W

W–B

L–W

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–W

W–B

L–W

L–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TLH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WR

EA

RLH

2 2

L–W

G–W

R–W

R–W

L–W

W–B

L–W W

–B

L–W

L–W

W–B

A

D

FROM DOORCOURTESYLIGHT REARLH

J 5

D12

D14

J12

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


L–B

L–W

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 5

I12

B7

DSWD

1H2

1A16

IE117

IH

L

L–R

L–B

L–O

I16 : USAI35 : CANADA 2

1

3

I 5 : USAI 9 : CANADA

L–R

L

L–OLOCK

PLCK

RRLC

I12INTEGRATIONRELAY

R–Y

R–Y

B

140

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (LOCK AND UNLOCK) IS PERFORMED BY REMOTE CONTROL, WITHOUT THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED INTHE DOOR KEY CYLINDER, USING LOW–POWER RADIO WAVES EMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER BUILT INTO IGNITION KEY.

1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK MAIN SW ON, THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCKWARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORS COMPLETELY CLOSED, WHEN THE SW (TRANSMITTER) ON THE IGNITION KEY ISPUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU RECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE IGNITION KEY (TRANSMITTER),CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.

AS A RESULT, THE ECU JUDGES WHETHER THE DOOR IS LOCKED OR UNLOCKED BASED ON THE SIGNAL FROM THE DOOR LOCKMOTOR. AND SENDS A SIGNAL TO THE DOOR LOCK ECU TO SW THE CONDITION FROM LOCK TO UNLOCK OR VICE VERSA,CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE (FOR THE CURRENT FLOW DURING LOCK AND UNLOCK REFER TO THE DOORLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM.)

2. AUTO LOCK OPERATIONAFTER PUSHING THE IGNITION KEY SW (TRANSMITTER) TO UNLOCK ALL THE DOORS, IF A DOOR IS NOT OPENED WITHIN 30SECONDS, ALL OF THE DOORS ARE AUTOMATICALLY LOCKED AGAIN.

3. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK STOP FUNCTIONIF A DOOR IS OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW TO THE WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK.

IF THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON). THE UNLOCK WARNING SW INPUT A SIGNALTO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK.

4. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONIF THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK CONDITION DOES NOT CHANGE AFTER WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK OPERATION, THEDOOR LOCK ECU SENDS CURRENT TEN TIMES TO THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR. IF THE DOOR LOCK CONDITION STILL HAS NOTCHANGED AS A RESULT THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU STOPS RECEPTION AND STOPS DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK FUNCTION.

BY MANUALLY OPERATION THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK, THE STOP CONDITION OF THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK FUNCTION ISRELEASED.

D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2, 3–2: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPENED

I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

W10 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIRELESS DOOR LOCK MAIN SW ON7–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR OPENED6–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

: PARTS LOCATION


D12 30 D20 30 J12 30

D13 30 D21 30 J13 30

D14 30 D22 30 T 7 A 29

D15 30 I11 29 T 8 B 29

D16 30 I12 29 W 9 29

D17 30 J 5 29 W10 31

D19 30 J 7 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A

1B


1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H

1K

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

141




IF136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IF2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IG2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IM1IM2 38 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IM3

38 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)



BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)


: GROUND POINTS







: SPLICE POINTS


I 5 I97 38 COWL WIREI 9 B 4I11 B 8I12 B 9 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIREI13 B12

40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I16 B15I19 B29I32 38 COWL WIRE B30I33

38 COWL WIREB32

I35 B3440 FLOOR NO 1 WIREI43 B35 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

I44 B39I48 B42I95 B47I96

142

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

1L6 1J72

3C10 3C2 3C1

3D4

3C12

3D10 3D9

1C

1

1C

5

IM19

EB11

3B15

BL IF

A


CIGARETTELIGHTER

CLOCKREAR CIGARETTELIGHTER


J11

C 8C 7R 5

15ACIG

10ADOME

GR

GR

GR

P–L

W–B

W–B

P–L

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

W–B

W–B

331

5 242

L–Y

12

11

143

C7 CIGARETTE LIGHTER4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

R 5 REAR CIGARETTE LIGHTER

2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

C 8 CLOCK

2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)5–GROUND : APPROX .12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION

(POWER FOR INDICATION)3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 7 28 J11 29

C 8 28 R 5 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1C


1L





: GROUND POINTS




3 4

2 3 5

A A

A A A A

R 5J11C 8C 7 B LA C K

1

2X

SERVICE HINTS

144

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

1A7 2

EB13

IE23IE14

GND MIC+ MIC– TACC T–A+ SHLD R–A+ SHLD AGND HOOK

GND GND MIC+ SHLD TACC T–A+ R–A+ AGND HOOK

IE27 IE26

BS25 BS27 BS212 BS23 BS28 BS24 BS36

3E

8

3D

17

A

BM

B–R

G–R

B–R

B–R

I18

:U

SA

I41

:C

AN

AD

A

G–R

R

G–B R

BB G

R–W G

GR

–W

BR V

W

3 17 15 14

5 4 16

B–R

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER


IG+ +B

10AECU–IG

15ATEL

AT15 , T16B

W

BBW

–B

LL

W B

W B

LG G–W

LG G–W

9

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

PH+ PH–

IG+ +B +B

AM 5 , M 6B

B–R

MOBILEPHONE


TELEPHONEMICROPHONE[COMB. SW]

C14

J12

20

G–R

A10 A9

A11 A1 A6 B11 A2 A7 B2 B7 A3 A4

18 A2 A7 A8 A3 B1

B2

WW

W W

B–RIM3

11B–R

TACC T–A+ R–A+ AGND HOOK

IG+

19

8 1 6 24 2

B–W

145

IJ213

BS35 BQ19 BQ18

BS211 BS210 BS29 BS26 BS37 BS13 BS110

IJ212

BL

18

TELI SP– SP+

T–DT C–DT R–DT LGND MUTE AUD+ AUD–

T–DT C–DT R–DT LGND MUTE GND AUD+ AUD–

B

Y–B

L


REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

GR

–RG

R–R

GR

–RG

RR

Y B

Y B

B–W

L–W

R–W

BR

BR

R–W

BYO

Y–B

G–W

R–W

P Y G GR

R–L B Y

P Y G GR R

–LR

–L

B Y

W–B

8 5 13

AM 5 , M 6B

AT15 , T16B

MUTE RL+ RL–

MUTE SCNT SP– SP+ TEL+ TEL– SCNT SP– SP+

SPEAKER RELAYTELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

TELIA/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A 8R13

R 3 S15RADIO ANDPLAYER

STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIERMOBILEPHONE

B3 B12 B5

B6 B1 B8 A8 B4 A5 A12

A4 A5 A6 A1

B3

2 1

T–DT C–DT R–DT LGND

GND

11 12 18 23 10 5 3 9

13 22 25 19 6 2 1 10 4

146

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

T15(B), T16(A) TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY(A) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


A 8 28 M 6 A 29 T15 B 31

C14 28 R 3 29 T16 A 31

J12 30 R13 31

M 5 B 29 S15 31

: RELAY BLOCKS













IJ2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)


BQ1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PANEL)

BS1

BS2 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)

BS3

( )

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I18 38 COWL WIRE I41 38 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

147

148

CRUISE CONTROL

1J61H9 1A7 2 2

3D18

3F7

3D15

3A17

3D17

3D13

3A10

EB213

EB25

I76

A15 A13 A14 A10 B20

A1

ST2

AM

2

5

11

IK1F3IK1E14 IK1F2

3F8

3E16

3E1

3E

10

I63

B

B

1

B–Y

R–L

R–L

B–R

W–R

W–R

L–Y

B–Y

W–R

W–R

B–L

B–L

14 15 2

20 5 8 3

15AGAUGE

10AECU–IG

7. 5AECU–B

15AAM2

14 16

SP

EE

DM

ET

ER

CR

UIS

E

COMBINATION METER

CRUISE CONTROL ECU

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

BA , C11C10

I11

L–B

L–R

L–Y

L–R

R–L

V–W

V–W

R–L

Y–L

R–L

Y–B

Y–B

V–W

R–L

W–B

10 4

2 3

1

C15

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

ES

W

J 8

D 3

V 1

P4

TO

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE( E

NG

INE

AN

DE

LEC

TR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

NE

CU

)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)

A/D TC


R–L

W–B

V–W

Y–L

PI

B BATT N&C

SPD TC PKB

B–L

13 15

1

2

B–R

NOISEFILTER

N 3

GR

–R

( US

A)

( CA

NA

DA

)

149

1A12 1D3

1

2

4

3

3D3

3F1

IK1F14

IK2D2

B

B

B76 A12 B9 B64

IC2A19 IC2A15 IC2A11 IC2B14 IC2B18 IC2B22

3F2 3F6

3D12 3D4

E 9

IF EAEB

M

3 2 1


B V

R–L

R–L

B

P–B

P–B

GG

P

B–O

B–W

W–B

LG–R

LG–B

G–R LG

G–W

G–W

G–W

R–L

R–B

W

13 4 18 26 25 24 11 12

9 22 23 1 16

NSW OD1 S2 IDL1

STO

PLI

GH

TS

W

CMS CCS

10

20ASTOP

TO THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

TO ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONSOLENOID

P–B

R–L

S9

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)

BA , E 8E 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

CRUISE CONTROL ECU

IDL

J 9

C15

P

LG–R

LG–B

G–R LG R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

RESUME/ACCEL

SET/COAST

CANCEL

4

CCS

4

3 12

7 6 5

CMS

MA

IN


CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATORC 2C13

J11

GN

D

STP+ STP–

MC MOVR1VR2VR3

L

IK1E4

B–L

OD ECT

W–B

A

CLOSE OPEN

POTENTIOMETER

VR3 VR2 VR1 MC MO L

GND

I131

I120

GR

–B

( US

A)

( CA

NA

DA

)

( CA

NA

DA

)

G–B( U

SA

)

150

CRUISE CONTROL

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOPLIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF COMBINATIONMETER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 4 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONSAND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL 13 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → GROUND, ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)1 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORLIGHT → TERMINAL (B)20 → TERMINAL 5 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISECONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.

1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SETLIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU ANDTHE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.

2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLESPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISECONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.

WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OFCRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLEVALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHERTHAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OFCRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.

3. COAST CONTROLDURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DIECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THECOAST SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING–CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED.

THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SETSPEED.

5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H. 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SETSPEED BY THE CANCEL SW. PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.

6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH OFTHE ACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.

∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN “N” POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW ON)). “SIGNAL INPUT TOTERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU”

∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE ECU”

∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU”

∗ PUSHING THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18“ OF THE ECU”

SYSTEM OUTLINE

151

7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED. CURRENT FLOW TO SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SWTURNS OFF).

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON.

∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH.

∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.

∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH.

∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.

∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.

∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.

B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.

∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.

C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.

∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOP LIGHT SW.

8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THEPOWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.

∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEEDMINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIOMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THEUPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 6 SECONDS.

∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROLECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). UPON RECEIVINGTHIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CHANGESTHE SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL.

TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ETC.), LOCK–UP RELEASE OF THETRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.

C2 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1–3 : APPROX. 2 KΩ5–4 : APPROX. 38.5

C13 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

3–4 : CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON12–4 : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON

APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ONAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON

C15 CRUISE CONTROL ECU

14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1, 15–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) 20–GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT 18–GROUND : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW

APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SWAPPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON IN CRUISE CONTROL SW

13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

SERVICE HINTS

152

CRUISE CONTROL

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGEC 2 26 E 7 A 28 N 3 29

C10 A 28 E 8 B 28 P 4 29C11 B 28 I11 29 S 9 29

C13 28 J 8 29 V 1 27C15 28 J 9 29D 3 28 J11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)2 19 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)


CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1A1D

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J3A3C

22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)3E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3F

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)EB2 34 COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)IC2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IK1

38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IK2 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONEA 34 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREB 34 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDERIF 36 BEHIND COMPARTMENT METER

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTSE 9 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I120

38 ENGINE WIREI6338 COWL WIRE

I131 38 ENGINE WIRE

I76 38 COWL WIRE

153

154

ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)

2

2

2

2

22

3D13

2 2 2

3E14

EA113

EA12 EA11

EB213

A5 A11 A4 B22

B1 A6 A12 A8 A9

2

EA116 EA24 EA21

IC2A12

EB EA

M

B4 B3 B1

A1 A4 A3 A2 A5

13 11 3

2

3 6

C

2 4

14 12 42

1 4 5

1 3

C

V–G

V–G

G–R

P

O

P

AB

SS

OLE

NO

IDR

ELA

Y

ABS MOTORRELAY

AB

SE

CU

( W/O

TRA

CTI

ON

CO

NT

RO

L)

W–R

7.5A

EC

U–B

40A

AB

SN

O.

2

60A

AB

S10

0AA

LT

W–B B

L

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

V–G

G–R

O

G–R

V–G

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

V–G

J7

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B B

Y–R

P

Y–G

L–W

Y–R

L

BATTERY

B

L

+BS +BM GND

SFR SFL SRR AST MT

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

ABS ACTUATOR

J1

A

A

BA1

9,

A20

A

AA 4 , A 5B

IK2D11

EB22

PB

–Y

SFR SFL SRR AST MT

BATR–MRSR

1

155

I98

1A7 1D3 1J6

3E9 3E13

3D14 3E16

3D17 3D3

IK1E6 IK1F5 IK2D7

B21 B17 B6 B10 B11 B7 B16

B2 B13 A3 A10 A2 A1 A7 B14 B3 B8 B19 B20

A21

B1

IE12 IE13 IE11 IM310 IM39 IM38

1

IH IE

2

1

1

2

1

2

2

1

B

B

B

BB

D/G PKB

Y–L G P–L

V Y–L

Y–L

P–L

G

P–L

B–R

G–W

Y–L

W–B

W–B

BR

( SH

IELD

ED

)

G R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B W

( SH

IELD

ED

)

Y BR P L

( SH

IELD

ED

)

W–B

Y–B

W–B

BR

AK

EFL

UID

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SWP–L

( SH

IELD

ED

)

Y BR

BR P L

( SH

IELD

ED

)

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

LH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

RH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

LH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

RH P

AR

KIN

GB

RA

KE

SW

W–B

ABS ECU (W/O TRACTION CONTROL)

A6

A7

A27

A28

P4

J2

B1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R


10AECU–IG 20A

STOP15AGAUGE

AB

SW

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

14 4 11 16 22

23

ABS TC TC TS WA

WB B–R

G–W

W R–L

STO

PLI

GH

TS

W


DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

D 3

D 1

J8

S9

P

Y–B

BA19 , A20A

AC

10,C

11B

3A15

2

1

Y–B

W–B

R–G

IG1 STP

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

TS WATC

GND GND FSS RSS

(SHORT PIN)

1

2

I105

I137 I106

156


THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THEWHEELS DO NOT LOCK.

THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS

(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.

(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL

A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.

(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL

A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.

2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWINGTO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TOTHE RESERVOIR.

THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIRTO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.

IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED.

HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE, BY REPEATEDPRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVESTEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.

A 4(B), A 5(A) ABS ACTUATOR(B) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A) 1, (A) 3, (B) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 1.20 (IGNITION SW OFF)(A) 2–GROUND : 4–6 (IGNITION SW OFF)

A 6, A 7, A27, A28 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2 : 0.8–1.3 K (20°C, 68°F)

A19(A), A20(B) ABS ECU (W/O TRACTION CONTROL)(B) 11–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON(B) 2, (B) 13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B) 22–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS(B) 1, (A) 6, (A) 12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON(B) 16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED(B) 7–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)

P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

S 9 STOP LIGHT SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

157

: PARTS LOCATION


A 4 B 26 A28 30 J 2 29

A 5 A 26 B 1 26 J 7 29

A 6 26 C10 B 28 J 8 29

A 7 26 C11 A 28 P 4 29

A19 A 28 D 1 26 S 9 29

A20 B 28 D 3 28

A27 30 J 1 27

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A

1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1J


3A


3E

( )



EA134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO 2)

EA234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)







: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS


I9838 COWL WIRE

I106 38 COWL WIRE

I10538 COWL WIRE

I137 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

158


159

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

(FOR ABS)

THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THEWHEELS DO NOT LOCK.

THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONALLY STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS

(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS AND TRACTIONECU.

(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL

A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.

(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL

A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.

2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THECURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEELCYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNSTHE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.

IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED, HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDENBRAKING.

(FOR TRACTION CONTROL)

THE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM IS A SYSTEM WHEREBY THE “ABS AND TRACTION ECU” AND “TRACTION ECU” CONTROLS THEENGINE TORQUE AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER OF THE DRIVING WHEELS IN ORDER TO CONTROLSPINNING OF THE DRIVING WHEELS WHEN STARTING OFF AND ACCELERATING, AND PROVIDE THE MOST APPROPRIATE DRIVINGFORCE IN RESPONSE TO THE ROAD CONDITIONS FOR VEHICLE STABILITY.

TRACTION CONTROL OPERATIONVEHICLE SPEED SIGNALS FROM THE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED ON EACH WHEEL ARE INPUT TO THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU.

WHEN THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING ON A SLIPPERY ROAD AND THE DRIVING WHEEL (REAR WHEEL)SLIPS, IF THE ROTATION OF THE REAR WHEEL EXCEEDS THE ROTATION OF THE FRONT WHEELS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD, THEECU JUDGES THAT THE REAR WHEEL IS SLIPPING.

WHEN THIS OCCURS, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TRACTION ECU TO SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR TO CLOSE THE SUB THROTTLEVALVE.

THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL VTA OF SUB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR TOTERMINAL VTA2 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO KEEP THEENGINE RPM AT THE MOST SUITABLE LEVEL FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AND REDUCE SLIP OF THE DRIVING WHEEL. AT THESAME TIME, OPERATION OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU CAUSE THE TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATORS (ACC CUT, MIC CUT,RESERVOIR CUT SOLENOID) TO TURN ON TO SWITCH THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT TO “TRACTION” MODE.

IN THIS CASE, SIGNALS ARE INPUT FROM TERMINAL SRR OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ABSACTUATOR, AND FROM TERMINAL SRL OF ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (A)6 OF ABS ACTUATOR, CONTROLLING THEREAR WHEEL SOLENOID IN THE ABS ACTUATOR AND INCREASING THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER INORDER TO PREVENT SLIP.

TO MAINTAIN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE REAR WHEELS, THE REAR WHEEL SOLENOID INSIDE THE ABS ACTUATOR ISPUT IN “HOLD” MODE AND KEEPS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER CONSTANT.

WHEN THE BRAKE CYLINDER HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS REDUCED, THE PRESSURE REDUCTION MODE REDUCES AND CONTROLSTHE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

160


2 22

2

2 2 2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

EA15 EB213 EA25

EA11

EA116

EB214

EA1

13

EA1

11

EA1

2

EB2

2

EB IE

I135

M

40AABSNO. 2

100A

ALT

60A

AB

S10

AT

RA

C

7.5A

EC

U–B

3 5

A

B

1

2 4

2 4

2 4

30 13 11

3

2

1

4

29 14 121 3

1 3

1 3

A

B

3 2

2

1 4

6

L–R

W–R

V–G

W–L

Y–G

P

G–R

L

O

L–Y

B

L

V–G

G–R

L

P

V–G

Y–G

W–L

R

O

P

B

V–G

G–R

L

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–L

L–R

W–R R

L–R

W–R R

LW

–BW

–B

V–G

V–G

V–G P

V–G

TRACTIONSOLENOIDRELAY

ABSMOTORRELAY

T 6

TRACTIONMOTORRELAY

ABSSOLENOIDRELAY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

TRACTIONPUMP ANDMOTOR

T 5

J 2

BATTERY

EM2

BTM MTT

L

161

*1 : USA*2 : CANADA

3E14

IC2A20

IC2B4 IC2B5 IC2B6IC2A8

EA2

4

EA21

IK2

D11

IH EA

E 1

I107

I136

M

IC2

A17

A7A12A1A2A14

I137

A16 A22 A3 C8 C2 C3

A2A1 A3

A1 A4 A3 A6 A2 A5

IC2A12 IC2A16

A15 C11 A25 C9 C4 C1 A13 A26 C7 A21 A9

A6A5A4B1B2B4

B4 B3 B1

C

C

O

L–Y

B

L

V–G

L

G–R

P

Y–G

W–L

V–G

W–R

L–R L–R

L–Y

P

BR

B

L

W–L

W–L

W–L

W–L

W R V

R–Y R V

P

WBR

W–R

W–R

W–R

V–G

Y–G

G–RL

L–W

Y–G

P–B

P–B

P

B–Y

Y–R

Y–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

O

W–B

W–B

W–B

BSR BSM BA

+BM GND

E2 PR VC SRC SMC SAC

+BS

BAT

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J7

TRACTION ACTUATOR

BT 3 , T 4A

SFR SFL SRR SRL AST MT

ABS ACTUATOR

AA 4 , A 5B

AB

SA

ND

TR

AC

TIO

NE

CU

BA

16,A

17,

A18

AC

W–B

I101

W–B

MTT GND GND GND

R– E2 PR SRC SMC SACVC


TMR MR TSR

SR

3D

13

3E

15

GR–L

(*1)

(*2)

162


3E9

1A7 1D3

3D3 3E4

3D17

IC2B16 IC2A7IC2B10

3E

13

IK1F5

2 IE1 IE13 IE11 IM310 IM39 IM38

I74

I103

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

IC2A1

A23A11 C5 C10A24 C6

A4A18 B1B9 B2 A10B10A17A5

IE

10AECU–IG

20ASTOP

B

C

B

CC

V

Y–L

P–L

G

P

(*1)

L–R

B–R

G–W

P

L–Y

L–R

BR

R–G

B–R

G–W

VY–L

P–L

G–W

GR

–GG

Y–L

G–W

WB–R

B–R

B–R

G R B W

Y BR

Y BR

P L

P L

R–G

R–G

R–G

W–B

W–B

BR

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

D/G


STOP LIGHTSW

S 9

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FR

ON

TLH

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FR

ON

TR

H

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

LH

A6

A7

A27

AB

SS

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

RH

A28

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BR

AK

EF

LUID

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

J2

B1

J9

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

BA16 , A17 , A18A C

G–W

B–R

A19

IC2A2

1J1

1B5

EC16

ED16

1

Y–R

YY

YY

ALT

L

GE

NE

RA

TO

R( A

LTE

RN

AT

OR

)

G2

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

STP

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL–

IG TS WA TC

RR+ RR– LBL

1

2

2

1

(*2)

GR–L (*2)

(*1)

GR–L

L–Y

G ( *1)

( *2)

163

*1 : USA*2 : CANADA

3D14

IK2D6

3A

15

3E

16

I61

I123

I124

E20

1

C12 B11 B14 B4 B23 B1 B22

B8B7B5B13B15B6B4B16 A1 B5 A4 A10

1

2

A3

8

18

PKB PKB

V

Y–L

P–L

G

P

L–Y

L–R

B–R

G–W

G–Y

G

Y–G

V

Y–L

P–L

G

P

(* 1)

L–R

B–R

G–W

BR

R–B

Y–B

L–R

P–B

Y–R

Y–B

R–G

Y–G

GR

Y–B

R–G

Y–B

Y–B

BR

R–B

Y–B

L–R

BR

P–B

Y–R

L–R

Y–B

G–

R

G–BLGY–B

Y–BLGG–B

G–

R

G–YG

Y–

G Y–R

R–B

R–

B

Y–B

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

PKB

BRK

(*2)

(*1)( *2)

DIODE(FOR TRACTIONCONTROL)

PARKINGBRAKE SW

DA

YT

IME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

P 4

D4

D 7

T 2THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

SUB THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

S 4

E2

IDL2

VTA

VC

E2

IDL1

VTA1

VCC


BA16 , A17 , A18A C

TRACTION ECU

AT13 , T14B

RLO

RR

O

FLO

FR

O

BR

FA

BRP TRCO

TH

FA BRC BRC THFA

TRCO BRP

BRFA FRO FLO

IDL2

ABSO

GR–L (* 2)(*2)

(*1)

GR–L

L–Y

164


IK1F14

IK2C11 IK2C8 IK2C7 IK2C3 IK2C4 IK2C6 IK2C12

IC2B1

1A14

1G6

I57

I98

I120

B15A8A15A5A12 B2 A2 A6 B16 A11

A39B42A40B65A38B43 B63 A37 B41 B64

B19 B26 B25 B24 B11 B12 B13B21 B10

1 3 6 4

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

B

4 8 17

B

BCM B– B A A– ACM

B

2 5

14 3

BB

G–W

B–R

L–R

L–Y

P

G

P–L

Y–L

V

Y–G

G

G–Y

BR

R–B

Y–B

L–R

Y–R

L

P–L

BR

BR

Y–L

P–B

L–R

L–Y

Y–GG

G–Y

B–R

G–W

Y–

L

B–Y

B–Y

LL

L Y G W R BBRWGYL

GR

–GG

P–B

P–B

Y–B

P–LBR

BR

–W


TC W TRC

BAT BM STP

VTA1 NEO E2 VTO1 VTA2 VTO2 IDL2 TR VCC IDL1

ABS E1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8


D 3

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)

BE 7 , E 8A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J9

S 3SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR

TRACTION ECU

AT13 , T14BY–L

IK1E6

IK2

D7

B

23 16 11 22 3

V

P–L

WB TS TC WA E1

P G Y–L

P–L

Y–

L


D 1

B8B6

Y–R

R–

B

P

L–R

P

Y–R

P–L

BR

–W

INDTR5RRO RLO ABSO IG1 TC

NEO VTH VSH IDL1TR2

(SHORT PIN)

L–R

GR–L (*2)

(*1)

GR

–L

( *1)

( *2)

G ( *1)

( *2)

165

*1 : USA*2 : CANADA

IK1E14

IK1E12 IK1E8

IK1F11

3D15

1J6

3A17

I121

B14 A13 B20

B21 C4 C1

A1

A14

1

2

IH IF ED

A7

15AGAUGE

3

P NA

A

7 10

A

A

4

5 7

PL

PN

NL

A

P

L

P–L

BR

BR

LG–R

W–B

W–B

GR

–BW

–BW

–B

G

BR

BR

BR

BR

G–R

G–YBR

BR

G–Y

G–R

R–L

B–Y

R–L


AB

S

TR

AC

TR

AC

OFF

COMBINATION METER

AC 9 , C10 , C11C B

R–L

A/T

IND

ICA

TO

RLI

GH

TS

W[P

AR

K/N

EU

TRA

LP

OS

ITIO

NS

W( N

EU

TRA

LS

TAR

TS

W) ]

A/T

IND

ICA

TO

RLI

GH

T( F

OR

SH

IFT

LEV

ER

)

A15

P1

G

TRACTIONCUT SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

T12

J 9

(SHIELDED)

TRACTION ECU

AT13 , T14B

I94

RB

GND E1

WT

CSW

1H

9 B–Y

A


J11

GR

–G

( *2)

( *1)

( *1)

( *2)

GR

–G

166


A16(A), A17(B), A18(C) ABS AND TRACTION ECU(A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS(A) 24–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(C) 6–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON(A) 25, (C) 4, (C) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(C) 12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)

A 4(B), A 5(A) ABS ACTUATOR(B) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A) 1, (A) 3, (A) 4, (A) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.2 (IGNITION SW OFF)(A) 2–GROUND : 4–6 (IGNITION SW OFF)

T 3(A), T 4(B) TRACTION ACTUATOR(B) 2 – (B) 4 : 5–7 VOLTS ABOVE APPROX. 12748 KPA (130 KG/CM2, 1846 PSI)

: 10–14 VOLTS BELOW APPROX. 8630 KPA (88 KG/CM2, 1250 PSI)(A) 3 – (A) 6 : APPROX. 2.1 (A) 2 – (A) 5 : APPROX. 2.1 (A) 1 – (A) 4 : APPROX. 2.1


A 6, A 7, A27, A28 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2 : 0.8–1.2 K (20°C, 68°F)

T13(B), T14(A) TRACTION ECU(B) 2–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 15–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS(B) 14, (B) 20–GROUND : ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS(B) 1–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)(A) 2–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON(A) 13–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH TRACTION CUT SW RELEASED(A) 8–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS


S 3 SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR2–1, 2–3 : APPROX. 1.1 5–4, 5–6 : APPROX. 1.1

: PARTS LOCATION


A 4 B 26 D 1 26 P 4 29

A 5 A 26 D 3 28 S 3 27

A 6 26 D 4 28 S 4 27

A 7 26 D 7 28 S 9 29

A15 28 E 7 A 28 T 2 27

A16 A 28 E 8 B 28 T 3 A 27

A17 B 28 G 2 26 T 4 B 27

A18 C 28 J 1 27 T 5 27

A27 30 J 2 29 T 6 27

A28 30 J 7 29 T12 29

B 1 26 J 8 29 T13 B 29

C 9 C 28 J 9 29 T14 A 29

C10 A 28 J11 29

C11 B 28 P 1 27

: RELAY BLOCKS



SERVICE HINTS

167


CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1A1B1D

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1G 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1H1J3A3D 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)3E

22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)EA1

34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO 2)EA2 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)

EB2 34 COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)ED1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)IC2 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IE1 36 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IK1

38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IK2 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)


: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONEA 34 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREB 34 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDERED 34 REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLDIE 36 LEFT KICK PANELIF 36 BEHIND COMBINATION METERIH 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTSE 1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I107 38 COWL WIREE20 34 ENGINE WIRE I120I57 I121I61 I123 38 ENGINE WIREI74 I124

38 ENGINE WIRE

I94 38 COWL WIRE I125I98

38 COWL WIREI135

I101 I136 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI103 I137

38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

168


169

170

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR

AM1

AM211 6

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2 5

A1A33A24B76

B77 A31 B23 B3

2 2

2 2

2

2 2

EB2

19

EB2

20

IK1

E3

EB16 IK1E4

EA116

EB25

I87

I130

EB

BATTERY

15A

AM

2

20A

EF

I

EFIMAINRELAY

IGNITION SW

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)

VE

HIC

LES

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R)

NO

.2

( FO

RE

LEC

TR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

)

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

NS

W( N

EU

TR

AL

ST

AR

TS

W)

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

I11

J1

P1

V2

BE 7 , E 8A

A

3 2

5

15 23

2

16 24

6

1

A

W–R

R–L

R–L

B–R B–R B–R

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

B

B–W

G–O

W–L

B–O

B–L

R–L

G–O

B–R

W–R

B–

LW

–R

B–R

B–R R G

B–WB–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

BB

B–L

G–O

W–L

B–O

5 1

STA +B SP2+ SP2–

NSW M–REL BATT IGSWP

N

A

B–R

B–R

A


171

ED

E18

I123

I134

I122

1

2

E21

B10 B9 B14 B13 B80 B79 B69 B66 B45 B65

B26 B25 B27 B7 B58 A4 B21 B1 A17 A19 A20B57 A12

IK1

F10

IK1

F4

3 6 5 4

5 3 4 2 1

12

2 3 1 4 1 2 5 2 1 7

BR

BR

BR

L–R

BR

BR

L–O

LGLG

L–O

BR

B–R

R W B G

G–Y

G–W

G–W

V L Y LG L–B

L–B

L–O

L–O

BR

BR

BR

BR

L–W

L–R

L–W

Y–G

Y–G

BR

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

GRL

R–L

L–Y

( SH

IELD

ED

)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

S1 S2 SLU– SLN– E01 E02 E1 KS THA E2

G1 G2 NE G– IGF IGT STP OD1 NC0+ NC0– TT TE2 TE1

G1 G2 NE G– IGF IGT TT TE2 TE1 ENG

W B BR L

Y R

DISTRIBUTOR IGNITERDATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID

VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)

O/D

DIR

EC

TC

LUT

CH

SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R

FRO

MC

RU

ISE

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U

FRO

MS

TOP

LIG

HT

SW

D 2 I 2

O1

D 3

E 2

V 3

L


BE 7 , E 8A

B–R

B–R

NO

.4

NO

.3

( LO

CK

–UP

)

NO

.2

NO

.1

(* 2)

(EXCEPT *2)

B–RB–R

B–R

3D2

3D3

G–W

B–R

9

ECT


I128

*1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU

*2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL

172


PO

WE

R

NO

RM

AL

1

2I119

I65

I132

E20

11 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

B29 B28 A18 A7 A9 A10

C15 C13

B64 B43 B41 B63 B42 A28 B46 B44 A2

C14 C10

IF

3D4

3E10

3D8

3D17

3D12

3E1

1A7

13 8 14

2 3 1

A

VF1 TE1 VF2

IDL1 VTA1 VCC IDL2 VTA2 OD2 THG THW SP1

VF1 VF2 P R 2 L

LG

L–O

BR

BR

L–R

BR

BR

BR

B–R

G–B

G–O

R–B

L–W

R–LR–L

L–R

L–Y

Y–B

L–R

BR

BR

V–W

G–B

Y–B

Y–B

R–B

Y–R

L–R

P–B

P–B

Y–R

BR

R–B

Y–B

L–R

B–RP

L–O

B–R

G–O

R–B

L–WG–Y

L–W

L–O

B–R

B–R

LG

V–W

SPEED


10AECU–IG

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (*1)

TH

RO

TTLE

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

SU

BTH

RO

TTL

EP

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

EG

RG

AS

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TTE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R( E

FIW

AT

ER

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

)


VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)

ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONPATTERNSELECT SW

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ET

ER

BE 7 , E 8A

CC

9,C

10,

C11

BA

V 1

E 6

D 1

T2

S4

E1

E3

J11

LG

L–B

L–R

(EXCEPT *2)

(*2)

L–R

L–R

( *2)

( *2)

(* 2)

W–B

W–B

IK1F3 IK1F2

L–W

I82B–R B–R

2

1 2

( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

(EXCEPT *2)

173

* 2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY

CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU

PL RL NL DL 2L LL

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

1J6 1H9 3D15

3A

17

IK1E14

IK1E12 IK1E13 IK1E8 IK1E11 IK1E9 IK1E10

I92

I93

I80

I83

I79

B3 C1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6

A18 C23

I125

1

2

I54

IG

B–R

G–B

G–O

R–B

R–L

W–BW–B

G–Y

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

R–B

R–LR–L

B–Y

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–B

G–O

G–W

G–R

R–B

G–YG

–B

G–O

G–W

G–R

R–B

G–Y

R–L

L–W

G–B

G–O

G–W

G–R

R–B

G–Y

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

R–L

R–L

R–L

B

4

B

5 6 7 8 9 10

L2DNRP

O/D

OF

F

EC

TP

WR

15AGAUGE

O/D MAINSW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT(FOR SHIFT LEVER)COMBINATION METER

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]

CC 9 , C10 , C11B A

O 3

J 7

A15

P 1FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

L–W

P R N D 2 L

PN

I68

B

W–B

I72I94

I75

I78

G–B

G–O

RB

3G

R–G

( CA

NA

DA

)

G

( US

A)

TOTR

AC

TIO

NE

CU

174


THIS SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE, THROTTLE PRESSURE, LOCK–UP PRESSURE AND ACCUMULATORPRESSURE ETC. THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICHPRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFT TIMING AND LOCK–UP TIMING IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS ANDTHE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BY VARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFTSELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLSTHE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONWHEN DRIVING THE ENGINE WARM UP CONDITION IS INPUT AS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL (B)44 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATERTEMP. SENSOR) AND THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) N0.2 IS INPUT TO TERMINAL(B)23 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). AT THE SAME TIME,THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING SIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)43 OF THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS THROTTLE ANGLE SIGNAL.

BASED ON THESE SIGNALS, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)SELECTS THE BEST SHIFT POSITION FOR DRIVING CONDITIONS AND SENDS CURRENT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND AND CONTINUITY TO NO.1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT (NO.2 SOLENOIDDOES NOT HAVE CONTINUITY AT THIS TIME).

FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM TERMINAL (B)9 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINEAND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 6 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONSOLENOID → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND,AND CONTINUITY TO NO.1 AND NO.2 SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT.

FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO.1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO.2 SOLENOID, CAUSING THE SHIFT.

SHIFTING INTO THE 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) OCCURS WHEN NO CURRENT FLOWS TO NO.1 AND NO.2 SOLENOIDS. THE NO.4SOLENOID (FOR ACCUMULATOR BACK PRESSURE MODULATION) IS INSTALLED TO ADJUST THE BACK PRESSURE ON THEACCUMULATOR AND CONTROL THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE DURING SHIFTING AND LOCK–UP IN ORDER TO PROVIDE SMOOTHSHIFTING WITH LITTLE SHIFT SHOCK.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) DECIDES, BASED ONEACH SIGNAL, THAT THE LOCK–UP CONDITION HAS BEEN MET, THE CURRENT THROUGH EFI FUSE FLOWS FROM THE EFI MAINRELAY → TERMINAL 2 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL (B)14 OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND, SO CONTINUITY TONO. 3 (FOR LOCK–UP) CAUSES LOCK–UP.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL (A)4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CUTS THECURRENT TO THE SOLENOID TO RELEASE LOCK–UP.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT

* O/D MAIN SW ON

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION CAUSES SHIFT TO OVERDRIVE WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.

* O/D MAIN SW OFF

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATORLIGHT FLOWS TO GROUND BY WAY OF THE O/D MAIN SW AND CAUSES THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THESAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PREVENTS SHIFT INTOOVERDRIVE.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

175

5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITWHEN THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THECURRENT THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (B)3 OF A/T INDICATOR (COMB. METER) → TERMINAL (C)23 → GROUND AND CAUSESTHE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)18 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) PERFORMS SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN AT A HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDRANGE COMPARED WITH “NORMAL” POSITION.

6. CRUISE CONTROLWHEN CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS SELECTED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)12 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CONTROLS OVERDRIVE,LOCK–UP AND SO ON FOR SMOOTH DRIVING.

E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID6–GROUND : APPROX. 13.2 3–GROUND : APPROX. 13.2 4–1 : APPROX. 8.3 5–2 : APPROX. 3.8

E 5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1–2 : 10–20 K (–20°C –4°F)

4–7 K (0°C 32°F)2–3 K (20°C 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C 140°F)0.2–0.4 K (80°C 176°F)

E 7(A), E 8(B) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)BATT – E1: ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTSIGSW – E1: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON+B – E1: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONIDL1 – E1: 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENVTA1 – E1: 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENSTA – E1: 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKINGM–REL– E1: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONVCC – E1: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONL–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L RANGE2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 RANGER–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT R RANGE

O 1 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR1–2 : APPROX. 620

V 2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)1–2 : APPROX. 620

E 6 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT POWER POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


A15 28 E 3 26 J11 29

C 9 B 28 E 6 28 O 1 27

C10 C 28 E 7 A 28 O 3 29

C11 A 28 E 8 B 28 P 1 27

D 1 26 I 2 26 S 4 27

D 2 26 I11 29 T 2 27

D 3 28 J 1 27 V 1 27

E 1 26 J 6 29 V 2 27

E 2 26 J 7 29 V 3 27

SERVICE HINTS

176


: RELAY BLOCKS





1A


1J


3A


3E

( )







: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS


E18 I85

E20 34 ENGINE WIRE I87

E21

34 ENGINE WIRE

I8938 COWL WIRE

I52 I9238 COWL WIRE

I54 I93

I65 I94

I68 I119

I72 I122

I7538 COWL WIRE

I123

I7738 COWL WIRE

I12538 ENGINE WIRE

I78 I12838 ENGINE WIRE

I79 I130

I80 I132

I82 I134

I83

177

178

PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING)

1H9 1A71J6

3D15

3A20

3E10

3D4

3D12

3A1

3D17

3A17

1 2

EC115 EC116

ED11 ED15

IK1E14 IK1F3 IK1F2

IF IG

15AGAUGE

10AECU–IG

5 6 1 2

B

15 13 14

1

2 3

A

B

1

4

V–W

B–Y

R–L

B–R

B–R

R–L

L–B

L–R

W–B

V–W

W–B

B–Y

Y–L

B–Y

Y–L

B–Y

Y–L

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–Y

R–L


10

COMBINATIONMETER

C10

SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R

SPD GND SOL+ SOL–

+B

PPS ECUP 5

J11V 1VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)


PPS SOLENOID

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

P 3

W–B

Y–G

( US

A)

( CA

NA

DA

)

179

THE PPS (HYDRAULIC REACTION TYPE) CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE HYDRAULIC REACTIONCHAMBER IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT USING THE PPS ECU, TO CHANGE THE STEERING FORCE AND PROVIDE OPTIMUMSTEERING FEELING AT ANY VEHICLE SPEED AND UNDER ANY STEERING CONDITIONS.

(PPS OPERATION)

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON THE STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE PPSECU. THE PPS ECU MONITORS VEHICLE SPEED, INPUT SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW,THE PPS ECU SENDS A HIGHER–CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE SOLENOID VALVE → TERMINAL2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, INCREASING THE SOLENOID VALVE OPENING ANGLE TO PROVIDECOMFORTABLE STEERING OPERATION. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE PPS ECU DECREASES THE SOLENOID VALVEOPENING ANGLE BY REDUCING THE CURRENT TO THE VALVE TO PROVIDE RESPONSIVE STEERING FEELING.

P 3 PPS SOLENOID1–2 : APPROX. 7.7 (25°C, 77°F)

P 5 PPS ECU4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY1–2 : APPROX. 0.8 A WITH VEHICLE SPEED BELOW 20 KM/H (12 MPH)

APPROX. 0.45 A WITH VEHICLE SPEED AT 80 KM/H (48 MPH)APPROX. 0.2 A WITH VEHICLE SPEED ABOVE 160 KM/H (96 MPH)

: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

C10 28 J11 29 P 5 29

J 7 29 P 3 27 V 1 27



1A

1H 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1J


3A

3D 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)3E

22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)


EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)ED1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)IK1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS


IF 36 BEHIND COMBINATION METERIG 36 BEHIND GLOVE BOX

X X

1 X X X 1 0

XX1 51 41 3 X

B

B B BA A

A A A A 1 2

1 2

X 4 5 6

C1 0 J 7 J11 P 3

P 5 V 1

ORANGE GRAY

BLUE BLACK

GRAY

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2 3

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

181

SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)

NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation inaccordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the RepairManual for the applicable model year. Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble

codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes beforedisconnecting the battery.

Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and thenegative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.)When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has tiltand telescopic steering, power seat and outside rear view mirror and power shoulder belt anchorage, whichare all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the memory contents. So whenthe work is finished, therefore it will be necessary to explain this fact to the customer, and ask the customerto adjust the features and reset the memory.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside thevehicle.

When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)

Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.

Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, center SRS sensor assembly or front airbag sensors. Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the

sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts. Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.

After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuseit. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)

When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10kΩ/V) tester. The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl No. wire harness assembly,

engine room main wire harness assembly, floor No. 1 wire harness assembly and floor No. 2 wire harnessassembly.The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, asare the connectors.

Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)

If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harnessassembly.When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)

INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.

182


The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM

Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.

2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected correctly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.

183

3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.

184


SPIRALCABLE

IG IH

1G4 1C8

2 1F5 1J5

1F9

1J9

1F1 1F2

BS41 BS42

IG2

AM

2

6

11

A13 A4 A3 A1 A2 B1 B2 A14

C1 C2 D2 D1 A6 A5 A7 A12

15AAM2

15ACIG

7. 5ASRS

8 5

10

AB

1 2

12

16

B

4 12

AA

511

7 611

AB

G–Y

G–R

G–Y

G–R

G–Y

G–R

B–R

B–Y

B–O

B–O

W–R

G–R

G–Y

P–L

W–L

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

Y–L

Y–L

Y–B

W–B

W–B

LGG L

W–B

W–B

Y–L B–Y


IG2 D– D+ P– P+ PL+ PL–

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

AIRBAG SQUIB(FOR DRIVER’ S)

AIRBAG SQUIB(FOR PASSENGER’ S)

SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER LH

A24 A25

S12

I11

PL+ PL–

+SL –SL +SR –SR E2 E1 TC LA

TC AB

TC AB

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)


FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH

FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

D 1

D 3

J8

J 8

ACC

SE

AT

BE

LTP

RE

TE

NS

ION

ER

CH

EC

KC

ON

NE

CTO

R

SR

SW

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

C11

S11

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

CC 3 , C 4B D, C 5 , C 6A

W–R

B4 B3

4 1

1 2

3 2

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–Y

PR+ PR–

SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER RH

S13

PR+ PR–

IK1E6 IK2D4

IFIE

1C11 1D5

A

W–B

W–B


EB25

15

12

1 2

A B

CONNECTIONDETECTIONPIN

1 2

A B

CONNECTIONDETECTIONPIN

F 3 F 4

185

*1 : PINNE DETECTIONC TON ICN O

THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS ASUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)14 OF THE CENTERAIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE AM2 FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)13 .IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR ANDSWITCH, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THECIG OR AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS (A)3, (A)2, (B)4 AND (B)1 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OFTHE AIRBAG SQUIB AND SEAT BELT PRETENTIONER → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A)4, (A)1, (B)3 AND (B)2 OF THE CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A)5, TERMINAL (A)6 OR BODY → GROUND.WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF AND CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS (A)3, (A)2, (B)4AND (B)1 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER →TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS (A)4, (A)1, (B)3 AND (B)2 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C)1 OR (D)2 →TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (C)2 OR (D)1 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A)5, TERMINAL (A)6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND, WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THECENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR RH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ISON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIBS AND CAUSESTHEM TO OPERATE.THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THEDRIVER.THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCKTO THE PASSENGER.

: PARTS LOCATION


A24 28 C11 28 J 8 29

A25 28 D 1 26 J11 29

C 3 B 28 D 3 28 S11 31

C 4 C 28 F 3 26 S12 31

C 5 A 28 F 4 26 S13 31

C 6 D 28 I11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1C

1D

1F 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1G

( )

1J







: GROUND POINTS






SYSTEM OUTLINE

186


187

POWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC

: PARTS LOCATION


C14 28 J 7 29 T 9 B 29

I11 29 J11 29 T10 A 29

J 4 29 P 1 27 T11 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A



1K

3A


3E

( )





: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I55 38 COWL WIRE I125 38 ENGINE WIRE

188


1A7

1K11

2

3E2

3D4

3D9

3E5

1C

1

1C

5

I55

IG

EB11

9

10

2

1

A8 B4 A20

A11 B7 B1 A18 A17 A5 A7

P

R–WR–W

L–YL–Y

R W

B R Y

B

B–R W

L–Y

L–Y

R

W–B BR R

–W

W–L

P

W–R

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

C

DC

D

4

A

6 8 5

D

C

B

VC

10AECU–IG

30APOWER

10ADOME


+B ECUB

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J4


JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

J11

J 4

UN

LOC

KW

AR

NIN

GS

W[IG

NIT

ION

SW

]

I11

3

C14TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC UNIT[COMB. SW]

MANUAL SW

TILT DOWN

TELESCOSHORT

TILT UP

TELESCOLONG

TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU

AT 9 , T10B

P

TIL

TP

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

12

2

1

SHORTPIN

IF

UWSW GND ECUE E1 TISMSW

IG

11

189

PL RL NL DL 2L LL

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

1H9

3D15

3A17

B3 B10 A6 B11 B2 B5 B6

IK1E14

IK1E12

M MM

A19

B–YR–L

G–Y

P

R–W

R G G R B R G B Y

G–W

G–R W

R–W P

G–O

G–B

R–Y

G–Y

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

TIM– TEM– RM–

9 3 2 5 1 8 7 10 4

15AGAUGE


A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITIONSW (NEUTRAL START SW)]

P 1

TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTORT11


AT 9 , T10B

2 1

1 2

TILT

CO

NTR

OL

MO

TO

R

TELE

SC

OP

ICP

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

TELE

SC

OP

ICC

ON

TRO

LM

OTO

R

TELE

SC

OP

ICLO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

MO

TOR

R–L

R–B

TIM+ TES RM+

RB

TEM+

P

G

( US

A)

( CA

NA

DA

)

190


THIS SYSTEM OPERATES WITH BOTH THE TILT FUNCTION AND TELESCOPIC FUNCTION DRIVEN AUTOMATICALLY BY THE MOTORAND CONTROLLED BY THE ECU. THE STEERING CAN BE ADJUSTED STEPLESSLY FORWARD AND BACK, AND UP AND DOWN, TOPROVIDE THE MOST SUITABLE STEERING POSITION FOR EASY DRIVING, WITH AUTOMATIC MOVEMENT OF THE STEERING TO APOSITION WHICH FACILITATES GETTING IN AND OUT OF THE VEHICLE.

CURRENT IS ALWAYS APPLIED THROUGH THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL +B OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU ANDTHROUGH THE DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL ECU–B OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU.

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF THE TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU.

1. MANUAL TILT OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL UWSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU. IF THE MANUAL SW IS PUSHED TO THE “TILT UP“ SIDE, CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL VC OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO TERMINAL MSW OF THE TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU PASSING THROUGH THE MANUAL SW. (THE ECU DETECTS THE MANUAL SW POSITION BY THE VOLUME OFCURRENT.)

AS A RESULT, TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ECU FLOWS FROMTERMINAL TIM+ → TERMINAL 3 OF TILT CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL TIM– OF THE TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, AND THE TILT UP FUNCTION OPERATES AS LONG AS THE MANUAL SW ISPUSHED TO THE “TILT UP” SIDE.

FOR TILT DOWN OPERATION, WHEN THE MANUAL SW IS PUSHED TO THE “TILT DOWN” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM ECUTO MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL TIM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL 9 OF TILT CONTROL MOTOR →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL TIM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU, SO THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE REVERSEDIRECTION TO TILT UP OPERATION, AND TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS ONLY WHILE THE MANUAL SW IS BEING PUSHED.

2. MANUAL TELESCOPIC OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE SIGNAL FOR THIS ININPUT TO TERMINAL UWSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU (HEREAFTER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU)TELESCO SHORT. WHEN THE MANUAL SW IS MOVED TO THE “TELESCO SHORT” SIDE, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL VC OFTHE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU, THROUGH THE MANUAL SW TO TERMINAL MSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPICECU, THIS CAUSES THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO OPERATE, SENDING CURRENT FROM TERMINAL +B TO TERMINALRM+ → TERMINAL 2 OF TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL RM– OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPICECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, RELEASING THE TELESCOPIC LOCK, CURRENT TO OPERATE THE TELESCOPIC UNIT THENFLOWS FROM TERMINAL TEM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL 2 OF THE TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR→ TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL TEM– OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, SO THE TELESCOPICUNIT CHANGES FROM EXTENDED POSITION TO SHORT POSITION. WHEN THE TELESCOPIC MOVEMENT ENDS, CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL RM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR→ TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL RM+ OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, ACTIVATING THETELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR TO LOCK THE TELESCOPIC UNIT.

WHEN THE MANUAL SW IS MOVED TO THE “TELESCO LONG“ POSITION, THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU ACTIVATE THETELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR TO RELEASE THE TELESCOPIC LOCK THE SAME WAY AS FOR TELESCO SHORT OPERATIONABOVE. THEN CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TEM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO TERMINAL 1 OFTELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL TEM+ OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND →GROUND. AS A RESULT, THE TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR ROTATES IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO TELESCOPIC SHORTOPERATION, AND THE TELESCOPIC UNIT EXTENDS. WHEN THE TELESCOPIC MOVEMENT ENDS, THE TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU ACTIVATES THE TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR TO LOCK THE TELESCOPIC UNIT, THE SAME AS INTELESCOPIC SHORT OPERATION.

3. AWAY OPERATIONIF THE IGNITION KEY IS REMOVED FROM THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF) AT THIS TIME, A SIGNAL ISINPUT FROM TERMINAL UWSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU. ALSO, THE TILT POSITION SENSOR (COMB. SW)INPUTS INTO TERMINAL TIS OF THE TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU A SIGNAL OF THE STEERING TILT POSITION JUST BEFORE THEIGNITION SW (FOR UNLOCK WARNING) IS TURNED FROM ON TO OFF.

AS A RESULT, THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THE TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TIM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL 3 OF TILT CONTROL MOTOR→ TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL TIM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, CAUSING THEMOTOR TO ROTATE SO THAT TILT–UP OPERATION OCCURS AUTOMATICALLY.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL +B OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO TERMINAL TEM+ FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 7 OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR → TERMINAL TEM– OF THE TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE SO THAT TELESCOPIC SHORT OPERATIONOCCURS ON AUTO AND WITH TILT UP OPERATION OCCURRING SIMULTANEOUSLY ON AUTO, AUTO AWAY OPERATION OCCURS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

191

4. RETURN OPERATIONWHEN THE STEERING IS IN AUTO AWAY CONDITION AND THE IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER(UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL UWSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU.

AS A RESULT, THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THE TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TEM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL 8 OF TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 OF THE TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 7 OF TILTAND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR → TERMINAL TEM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINALGND → GROUND, AND AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TIM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU →TERMINAL 9 OF TILT CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL TIM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU →TERMINAL GND → GROUND, CAUSING BOTH THE TILT CONTROL MOTOR AND TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR TO ROTATE. THEMOTORS CONTINUE TO ROTATE UNTIL THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM THE TILT POSITION SENSOR TO TERMINAL TIS OF THE TILT ANDPOWER TELESCOPIC ECU AND FROM THE TELESCOPIC POSITION SENSOR TO TERMINAL TES OF THE TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU (SIGNALS INFORMING THE ECU OF THE CURRENT POSITION OF THE STEERING) MATCH THE POSITIONMEMORIZED BY THE ECU PRIOR TO AUTO AWAY OPERATION.

IN THIS WAY, THE STEERING POSITION IS AUTOMATICALLY RETURNED TO THE ORIGINAL POSITION.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED FROM OFF TO ON AND THE SHIFT LEVER IS SHIFTED TO A POSITION OTHER THAN “P” AUTOOPERATION IS STOPPED.

C14 TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC UNIT [COMB. SW]4–6 : APPROX. 160 WITH TELESCOPIC LONG OPERATION

: APPROX. 360 WITH TILT UP OPERATION: APPROX. 790 WITH TELESCOPIC SHORT OPERATION: APPROX. 1990 WITH TILT DOWN OPERATION

7–8 : CONTINUITY WITH AUTO SW OFF7–4 : 4–6 K

T 11 TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR5–1 : 4–6 K

I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN KEY CYLINDER

P 1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)]4–7 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER AT P POSITION

T 9(B), T10(A) TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS(A) 8–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON(A) 20–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS(A) 19–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT P POSITION(A) 11–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN KEY CYLINDER(B) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS(B) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS(B) 10–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH UNLOCK WARNING SW ON AND TILT UP OPERATION(B) 3–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH UNLOCK WARNING SW ON AND TILT DOWN OPERATION(B) 2–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH UNLOCK WARNING SW ON AND TELESCOPIC SHORT OPERATION(B) 11–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH UNLOCK WARNING SW ON AND TELESCOPIC LONG OPERATION

SERVICE HINTS

192

SHIFT LOCK

1J7 1A7 1D3

3E123A193A12

3D4

3D33D173D10

3A14

7

8

15ACIG

10AECU–IG

20ASTOP

6 4

ACC IG STP

KLS E

P1

P

P2

SLS–

SLS+

W–B

Y–B

P–L

B–R

G–W

G–W

W

B–RGR

G–R

G

G–W

L

L–R

5 1 2

STOP LIGHTSW


S 9


J11

KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID[IGNITION SW]

I11

SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID

SHIFT LOCK ECUS 6

IF

A

W–B

3A4

W–B

W–B

1

2

193

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE SHIFTLOCK ECU, IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU.

1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATTHE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN P POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW) IS INPUT TO THEECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SLS+ OF THE SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL SLS– → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TOTURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO POSITION OTHER THAN THE P.

2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN P POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 ANDP OF SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUTOFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THEIGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.

S 6 SHIFT LOCK ECU5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED


: PARTS LOCATION


I11 29 S 6 29

J11 29 S 9 29



1A


1J


3A


3E

( )

: GROUND POINTS



X

7 8

A A

A A A A

1 2

X 4

5 6

1 2

I11 J11 S 6 S 9BLACK

(HINT : SEE PAG E 7)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

194

MOON ROOF

2

1C5 1H6

EB11

3E11

3D9

1C1

IL11

M

5 6

BJ IG

B 2

IL1

2

10ADOME

MOON ROOF MOTORAND LIMIT SW

MOON ROOFMOTOR

NO

.1

NO

.2


11 4 5 8

4

9

21

12

M 9

M 7MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

W–B

R G

G–W R–L

W–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

W–B

W–BW–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

12

11

195

1H20 1K2 1A7

6 6

1B1

1J126 6

IL17

B1 A7 A6 A9

A4 B3

I44

BMBLIE

IM18 IE112

1H19

1B3

2

1

2

1

MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

TRIGGER

TRIGGERRS

Q

POWERMAINRELAY

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TR

H

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TLH

30APOWER

10AECU–IG

KEY OFF POWER CIRCUIT

THE

FTD

ETE

RR

EN

TE

CU

MOON ROOFCONTROL SW

A


DO

WN

UP

CLO

SE

OP

EN

1 2 7 3

3

5 2

6

3 1

6524

BT

7,T

8A

D12

D13

J12

M 8

M 7

P

G–Y

R–W R–Y

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

B–R

LL

BR

W–B

W–BL

LL–W

R–L

L–Y

W

L–Y

W–B

L–Y


3D17

3E20

B–R

196

MOON ROOF

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF POWER MAIN RELAY AND ALSO THROUGH DOMEFUSE TO TERMINAL 12 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THEECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU → TERNINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY →TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND. AS A RESULT, POWER MAIN RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 3 OF POWERMAIN RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL ISINPUT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. MOON ROOF LIMIT SWNO.1 OR NO.2 IS ON AT THIS TIME.

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY →TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO OPENPOSITION.

2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.1 AND NO.2 BOTH ON,WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF MOONROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY →TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO CLOSEPOSITION.

MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.1 TURNS OFF (LIMIT SW NO.2 IS ON) AND AT 200 MM (7.9 IN) BEFORE FULLY CLOSED POSITION, SIGNALIS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF LIMIT SW NO.1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THERELAY AND STOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11 . AS A RELAY, THE MOONROOF STOPS AT THIS POSITION.

TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES ASIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOON ROOFWILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLY CLOSE.

3. TILT UP OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOFCONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THEMOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE.

4. TILT DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF TILTED UP (NO.1 AND NO.2 MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCHES ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF MOONROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

AS A RESULT THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY →TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THEMOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT DOWNSIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, LIMIT SW NO.1 IS CHANGED FROM OFF TO ON.)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

197

5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWERFUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OFPOWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENTFLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOFCONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THISRELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR COURTESY SWON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)3 OF THEFTDETERRENT ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF AND OPEN AND CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.

POWER MAIN RELAY(6)3– (6)5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

M 7 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE OR UP POSITION

(EXCEPT APPROX. 200 MM (7.9 IN) BEFORE FULLY CLOSED POSITION)5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION

M 8 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW6–3 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION2–3 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION5–3 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION4–3 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGED12 30 M 7 31 T 7 A 29D13 30 M 8 31 T 8 B 29J12 30 M 9 31

: RELAY BLOCKS






1A

1B



1J

1K



SERVICE HINTS

198

MOON ROOF







: GROUND POINTS




BJ 40 FRONT SIDE OF ROOF CENTER



: SPLICE POINTS


I44 38 COWL WIRE B 2 40 ROOF WIRE

199

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

200

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

1J6

1C1

2

B1

A7

1C

7

1C11 1H5 1H21K14

9

10

2

1

10ADOME

15AGAUGE

SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

INTEGRATION RELAY

BUZZER

TIMER

UNLOCKWARNING SW[IGNITION SW]

BUCKLESW LH

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

C10 ,C 11

B 6I11

L–Y

L–Y

RW

–B

W–B

GW

–B

R–Y

8 65

1 7 9

B A

12

EB11

B

B

A

IE IG BM

BT14

IE119

BT18

IE117IE112

1B3

GG

R–W R–Y

R–W R–Y

W–B

W–B

R–L

W–B

1 3

2

A

4


D12

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7


J12

10

11

W–B

201

CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE.

1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. A BUCKLE SWOFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEATBELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF RELAY STOPS ANDTHE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.

2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DRIVER’S DOOROPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.

B 6 BUCKLE SW LH1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE

D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH3–2 : CLOSED WITH LH DOOR OPEN

I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

INTEGRATION RELAY10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BUCKLE SW OFF1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION


B 6 32 D12 30 J12 30

C10 B 28 I11 29

C11 A 28 J 7 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1B

1C


1J

( )

1K





BT1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT LH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS





SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

202

POWER SEAT

M2 1

11 13

UP

DO

WN

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATREAR VERTICAL CONTROL)

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEATREAR VERTICAL CONTROL)

P18

P23P21

M1 2

6 8

UP

DO

WN

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATFRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEATFRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)

P16POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATSLIDE CONTROL)

P20

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEATSLIDE CONTROL)

FRO

NT

P25

M1 2

9 5

RE

AR

P14POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)P15POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

B–R B

W–R

W–G

Y–G

Y–R

1 2

(∗1)(∗1)(∗2)

203

*1 : FOR DRIVER*2 : FOR PASSENGER

P22

M2 1

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATLUMBER SUPPORT CONTROL)

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEATLUMBER SUPPORT CONTROL)

P17

P14

P15POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATRECLINING CONTROL)

P19

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEATRECLINING CONTROL)

RE

AR

P24

M1 2

FR

ON

T

BL BM

BT14BU14

1K1H

1020

IM31IE24

BU11BT11


30APOWER

(*1)(*2)

(*1)(*2)

(*1)(*2)

A


( *2)

( *1)

(* 1)(*2)

J12

L–W

L–W

37

L–W

10 14 12 2 1

L–R L

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

L–R

4

W–B

W–B

L–W

L–W

B60 : *1B64 : *2

B62 : *1B65 : *2

3

5(*2)

(*2)

( *1) SHORT

PIN

2

(*1)(*1)(*2)

1

204

POWER SEAT

P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’S SEAT)3, 7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS2, 12–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’S SEAT)3, 7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS2, 12–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


J12 30 P18 32 P23 32

P14 32 P19 32 R24 32

P15 32 P20 32 R25 32

P16 32 P21 32

P17 32 P22 32



1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)






BU1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT RH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT RH SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


B6042 FRONT SEAT LH WIRE

B6442 FRONT SEAT RH WIRE

B6242 FRONT SEAT LH WIRE

B6542 FRONT SEAT RH WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

206

SEAT HEATER

1 2 21

IG BM BL

BU14BT14

IM2

10

IE2

2

BT13 BU13

1L7

15ASEAT–HTR

3 3

3 2 3 2

B

4

6

1 1

B

3

2

B

B–O

B

B–O

RW

–BW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–L

R–B

R–L

B–O B


SEAT HEATER SWS 5

SEAT HEATER(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT CUSHION)

SEAT HEATER(FOR DRIVER’ SSEAT CUSHION)

S18 S20

SEAT HEATER(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT BACK)

SEAT HEATER(FOR DRIVER’ SSEAT BACK)

S19S17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

RH

LH

AJ12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)

B–Y

(USA)

(CANADA)

207

S 5 SEAT HEATER SW6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


J 7 29 S17 32 S20 32

J12 30 S18 32

S 5 29 S19 32



1L 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)







: GROUND POINTS





B

B B B

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

2

3 4 6

2

3 X

1 2

3 X

1

J 7 S 5 S1 7, S 19 S 18, S 20G R A Y

A A

A A A A

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7)

J12G R A Y

SERVICE HINTS

208

ELECTRIC TENSION REDUCER

1A7

3E8

3D17

IM311IE14

BU18BT18

2

1

2

1

BU14BT14

A

BLBM

10AECU–IG

22

11

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

GG

GGB

–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R



TENSION REDUCERSOLENOID RH

TENSION REDUCERSOLENOID LH

BUCKLE SWRH

BUCKLE SWLH


T18T17

B 7B 6

J12

209

B 6 BUCKLE SW LH1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE

B 7 BUCKLE SW RH1–2 : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S SEAT BELT IN USE

T17, T18 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH, RH1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


B 6 32 J12 30 T18 31

B 7 32 T17 31












: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS



1 2

A A

A A A A


1 2

B 6 , B 7 J1 2 T 1 7, T 1 8

SERVICE HINTS

210

WIPER AND WASHER

1H15

1A15

1H17

M

M2 1

A6 B11 B2 A11 A13 A5 A12 B1 B10 A7

A

IF

C C

A A

B

B

IE

A14

OFF

INT

LOW

HIGH


JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

WASHER MOTOR

WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

20AWIPER

WIPER MOTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

J 5

J 5

J11

BC12 , C13A

W 2

W 6


(*3)

L

LG

LG–R

L–Y

L

L

L

W–B

L–R

L–W

L–O

L–B

L

L–Y

L–W

L–B

W–B

W–B

V

L–B

LG

LG–R

L–Y

L–R

L–W

L–O

W–B

L

5

C

A

2 3

1

4

L

1D

2

1D

6

SEMI

FULL

ON

OFF

WIP

ER

*1W

AS

HE

R

A

AJ 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B


(*2)

L–O

L–W

L–R

( *3)

( *2)

Y

V (*3)

Y (*2)

( *3)

( *2)

V Y

( *3)

( *2)

211

*1 : FULLY–CONCEALED/SEMI–CONCEALED CHENGEOVER SW*2 : CANADA*3 : USA

M

3D4

3A13

A

IF

WIPER RELAY

CONTROL CIRCUIT

WIPER ANGLECONTROL MOTOR


TIM

ER

W 8

W 5

J11

L–O

L–W

L–R

L–Y

LG–R

LG

L–B

L–W

V

L

V–G

R–Y

P–L

R

V–G

LG

LG–R

L–Y

L–R R P

–L

R–W G

R–WG

W–B

5 7 15 6 16

5

1

4

3

2

8

181421913111034

6

17

NO. 3

NO. 2

NO. 1

W–B

S/M S/S E M/B M/F

+1 2S C1 W SF PA1 PA2 PA3 VR2VR1

MOTOR DRIVER

CO

+B

Y

L–O

(*2)

(*3)

(*3)

(*2)

212

WIPER AND WASHER

1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWIPER SW AT LOW OR INT POSITION

WHEN THE WIPER AND WASHER SW ARE AT LOW POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)11 OF THE WIPER SW TOTERMINAL 13 OF THE WIPER RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPERFUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 →TERMINAL 6 OF WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR SO THAT THEWIPERS OPERATE AT LOW SPEED WITH THE WIPER ARMS AT THE RAISED POSITION.

WIPER SW AT HIGH POSITION

WHEN THE WIPER AND WASHER SW ARE AT HIGH POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)11, . (A)12 OF THE WIPERSW TO TERMINAL 13, 3 OF THE WIPER RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS THE SAMEAS WHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT LOW OR INT POSITION, THUS ACTIVATING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR. AS A RESULT, THEWIPERS OPERATE AT HIGH SPEED WITH THE WIPER ARMS AT THE RAISED POSITION. THE RETURN POSITION OF THE WIPERBLADES IS ALSO AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTED TO A DIFFERENT POSITION TO LOW SPEED OR INT OPERATION TO PREVENTOVERRUN.

2. LOW SPEED OPERATIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT LOW POSITION, THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR SETS THE WIPER ARMS AT THE RAISEDPOSITION. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)14 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL (B)1 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, OPERATING THE WIPER MOTOR AT LOW SPEED.

3. INT POSITIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT HIGH POSITION, CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)14 OF WIPER ANDWASHER SW → TERMINAL (A)7 → TERMINAL 2 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, OPERATING THE WIPER MOTOR ATHIGH SPEED. AT THE SAME TIME, THE WIPER ARNGLIE CONTROL MOTOR SETS THE WIPER ARMS TO RAISE POSITION ANDAUTOMATICALLY CHANGES THE RETURN POSITION OF THE WIPER BLADES TO PREVENT OVERRUN.

4. MIST POSITIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT INT POSITION. THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR SETS THE WIPER ARM TO RAISED POSITION. ATTHE SAME TIME. A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPERRELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY, AND FOR 0.6 TO 1.0 SECOND. CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TOTERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 TO GROUND, ACTIVATING THEWIPER MOTOR. THEN APPROX 2 SECONDS TO 10 SECONDS AFTER WIPER OPERATION STOPS, CURRENT AGAIN FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4. ACTIVATING THE WIPER MOTOR. THIS OPERATION REPEATS WHILE THEWIPER SW IS AT INT POSITION. THE TIME INTERVAL BETWEEN WIPER OPERNTION CAN BE ADJUSTED USING THE INT TIMECONTROL SW.

5. FULLY–CONCEALED/SEMICONCEALED CHANGEROVER OPERATIONWHEN THE FULLY–CONCEALED/SEMI–CONCEALED CHANGEOVER OPERATION SWITCH IS CHANGED FROM FULL TO SEMI, ASIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)11 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE WIPER RELAY. THIS SIGNALACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS THE SAME ROUTE AS WHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT LOW OR INTPOSITION. AS A RESULT, THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR OPERATES AND MOVES THE WIPER ARMS TO THE RAISEDPOSITION.

WHEN THE CHANGEOVER SW IS SWITCHED FROM SEMI TO FULL, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)11 OF THE WIPER ANDWASHER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE WIPER RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWSFROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 6 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR→ TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 16 OF WIPER RELAY → GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR SO THATTHE WIPER ARM MOVES FROM THE RAISED POSITION TO THE STORED POSITION.

6. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATIONWHEN THE WASHER SW I.S ON, CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL1 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WASHER MOTOR TO SPRAY WASHER FLUID ON THE WINDSHIELD. AT THE SAME TIME. A SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE WIPER RELAY, ACTIVATING THE WIPER RELAY AND RAISING THE WIPER ARM. CURRENT FLOWSFROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → GROUND.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

213

C12(A), C13(B) WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW](A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A) 14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION

APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION(B) 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION(A) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION

W 6 WIPER MOTOR4–5 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C12 A 28 J 7 29 W 6 27

C13 B 28 J11 29 W 8 29

J 2 29 W 2 27

J 5 29 W 5 27



1A


1H




: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS



SERVICE HINTS

214

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

1B6

1J8 1H10

1K3

3D4

1C10

3B5

IH116 IE21

IG29

IO116

IG210

IO117

1

5 1

5

A5

A1

B1

C1

B5

IF BO IE IH

A

CR17 , R18B

15AGAUGE

40ADEFOG

10AMIR–HTR

N 2 A

BA 8 , A10A

DEFOGGER SW[A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY]

NOISE FILTER(FOR REARWINDOWDEFOGGER)

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER


MIR

RO

RM

EA

TER

LH[R

EM

OTE

CO

NT

RO

LM

IRR

OR

LH]

MIR

RO

RM

EA

TER

RH

[RE

MO

TE

CO

NTR

OL

MIR

RO

RR

H]

DEFOGGERRELAY

I 8 : USA W/O TRACTION CONTROLI25 : USA W/ TRACTION CONTROL,

CANADA


B

Y–G

B–R

G–B

G–B

W–B

B

Y–G

Y–G

Y–G

Y–G

Y–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

W–B

W–B

J11

R19

R20RDFG

GND

LR

3 1

4 2

2

1

1D11C11

W–B

W–B

NO

ISE

FIL

TE

R

B–W

( CA

NA

DA

)

( US

A)

X

XX

5

X

5

X X

X XA A

A A A A 1

1

5 1

AA 8 B ORANGEA10 AN 2

BR17 C BLACKR18

J11

R19, R20

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1

BLACK

215

DEFOGGER RELAY1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY] ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


A 8 A 28 N 2 A 31 R19 31

A10 B 28 R17 B 31 R20 31

J11 29 R18 C 31



1B

1C

1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)


1J

1K









: GROUND POINTS





BO 40 LEFT SIDE OF REAR PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS


I 8 38 COWL WIRE I25 38 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

216

AUTO ANTENNA

BS18 BS16 BS12 BS17

M

3 6 14 11 9 12 13 4

2145863

7 8 1052

7

+B IG ACC ANT+B AMP+B ANTB ANTA GND

UP DOWN SVCC SIG SGND

L–Y Y

R–G BR

R–W L–

B

L–G W–B

IC

SENSOR

+–

B–W

R–G

B–O

B–Y

W–B

W–B

R–G

B–W

B–W

R–G

B–O

B–Y

B–W

R–G

B–O

B–Y

RADIO AND PLAYER

AUTO ANTENNA MOTORAND RELAY

A31

BGR

B–YL


1 2 12

3

AU

TO

AN

TE

NN

AC

ON

TRO

LR

ELA

Y

AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR

BM

2

12

1A7 1L6

GR

R 3

5

9

3

10

4

IJ24 IJ215 IJ25 IJ214

10ADOME

10AECU–IG

15ACIG

IE116 IE14 BS11

IM19

EB11

1C5

3D1

3D9

1C1

1J7

P–L

B–RL–Y

L–Y

B–R

GR

GR

B–RL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R( F

OR

EA

RT

H)

J12

3B

13

3D

10GR ACC

ANT+B

AMP

ANTB

ANTA

11

B–O

217

A31 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

R 3 RADIO AND PLAYER5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


A31 30 J12 30 R 3 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A



1L










: GROUND POINTS



1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8A A

A A A A


1095

43

A31 J12 R 3 B LU E

SERVICE HINTS

218

RADIO AND PLAYER

A7A15A6A13A14A5A4A9A3A2A8A1B2B5B1

B59

B55 B58 B57 B56

IJ112 IJ13 IJ113 IJ11 IJ111 IJ12 IJ18 IJ121 IJ120 IJ110 IJ122 IJ19

IM36

EB15

EB11

IJ214 IJ24 IJ25

IJ211 IJ21

IM19

B1 B8 B2 B3 B9 B4 B5 B14 B13 B6 B15 B7

C14C6A10A9A4A1A5

A4 A3

3D10

1J72 1L6

3B13

2

3D

9

1C

1

3C

9

1C

5

C1 C7

IF17IF12

LG–B

LG–R

P V

1 2

WOOFER SPEAKERW11

C6 C14

BR19BR18

R W

R W

1 2

REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

R14

C3 C9

BS111BS14

P V

P V

1 2

FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

F 8

C4 C12

IN12IN17

LG L

LG L

1 2

FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH

F 9

B8B7

BN

W–L

GR

GR

GR

L–Y

W–L

GR

W–L

W–L

W–L

R G

BR

–R

B W

BR

–B

L P

BR

–Y

V LG

BR

–WB

R–W

BR

–Y

BR

–B

BR

–R

R G B W L P V LG

L–Y

L–Y

B–Y

B–W B–O

L–Y

GR

L–Y

GR

B–Y

B–W B–O

L–Y


25ARADNO. 1

15ACIG

10ADOME

CD AUTOMATICCHANGER

TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTORAND RELAY

RADIO AND PLAYER

FRL+ FRL– SE2 FRR+ FRR– SE1 RRL+ RRL– SE4 RRR+ RRR– SE3

+B ACC

ACC +B ANTA ANT ANTB +B ACC

E E WF+ WF– FR+ FR–FL+ FL– RR+ RR–

B +B2 ACC FRL+ FRL– SE2 FRR+ FRR– SE1 RRL+ RRL– SE4 RRR+ RRR– SE3

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER


J13A

AR 2 , R 3 , R 4B C

CS14 , S15 , S16B A

AC16 , C17BW

–B

W–B

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

BS17 BS18 BS12

B–Y

B–W

B–O

26 12

1125

I112 I115 I114 I113

219

A2A6A7A8A3B12B11B10

C3 C9 C10 C11 C5 C1 C7 C2 C8 C13

B1 B3 B2 B6 A9 A1 A5 A2 A6 A8 A7

A10 A11 A12 B10

B22

I116

B24

1H18

3C16 3E18

3D16

IJ14 IJ119IJ17

IJ215

IJ212 IH212

IJ210 IJ223 IJ29 IJ222 IJ22 IJ28 IJ221 IJ27 IJ220 IJ26

1

2

B12B5

C5 C13

A12A5

BMUTE

BQ1

9

BQ1

8

BS13 BS110 BS37

IG

1

II

Y

B

BEEP GND

SP+ SP–

L E

RL+ RL–

MUTE AMP TLMT E ILL– ILL+

YB

TE

LEP

HO

NE

TRA

NS

CE

IVE

RA

ND

SP

EA

KE

RR

ELA

Y

B Y

B Y

L–B

BR

R–W

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G

L–B

BR

R–W

R–L BR

W–G G

G LG

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–L

A,

T16

BT

15

7 4B

5

B

L 8

J 7

R13

J 6R 8


JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

RHEOSTATJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

TO

AU

TO

AN

TE

NN

AM

OTO

RA

ND

RE

LAY


RE

AR

DO

OR

SP

EA

KE

RLH

4AUD–AUD+

BEEP GND MUTE AMP

T


TXM+ TXM– TXS+ TXS– GND CDR+ CDR– CDL+ CDL– SGND SW

TXM+ TXM– TXS+ TXS– GND CDR+ CDR– CDL+ CDL– SGND

LG L O

L–W

BR

–W

B W R G

LG L O

L–W

BR

–W B W R G

FRO

MLU

GG

AG

EC

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TLI

GH

T

R–L

LG

R–W

B44

CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER7. 5APANEL

RADIO AND PLAYERB

R

B

CS14 , S15 , S16B A

AR 2 , R 3 , R 4B C

AC16 , C17B

R–L

BR

BR

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

BS16

R–G

B

220

RADIO AND PLAYER

R 3(A) RADIO AND PLAYER(A) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

C17(A) CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

S14(B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(B)1, (B)5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(B) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(B)7, (B)8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C16 B 30 L 8 30 S14 B 31

C17 A 30 R 2 B 29 S15 C 31

F 8 30 R 3 A 29 S16 A 31

F 9 30 R 4 C 29 T15 B 31

J 6 29 R 8 29 T16 A 31

J 7 29 R13 31 W11 31

J13 30 R14 31

: RELAY BLOCKS





1C

1H20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)


1L










IJ136 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)

IJ236 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)






BS140 FLOOR NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)

BS340 FLOOR NO.1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)

: GROUND POINTS



II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH


SERVICE HINTS

221

: SPLICE POINTS


I112 B44

I113 B55

I114 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B5640 FLOOR NO 1 WIRE

I115

38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

B5740 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

I116 B58

B2240 FLOOR NO 1 WIRE

B59


222

COMBINATION METER

2

IK1E4

EB2

5

IK1E5

D

D

IK1F2 IK1F3

11 6

5

AM2 IG2

ST2

P

N

6

5

IM34

EC16

ED16

IK2D11L5

3A16

1B5

3E16

3A

15

2

1 1

2

1 1

EC

I20

16

3 2

1 R–L

V–W

W–R B–O

IGNITION SW

COMBINATION METER

Y–B(*2)

Y–B

W–R

B–L

B–O

B

B–W

B–W

B–W

L–R

L–Y

L–R

L–B

RE

AR

LIG

HT

OIL

LEV

EL

CH

AR

GE

WA

SH

ER

LEV

EL

BR

AK

E

SP

EE

D

R–G

Y–R Y

R–G

15AAM2

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)

PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRAL STARTSW)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

P 1

I11

J 3

V 1

AC 9 , C11B , C10 C

OD0METER

R–G

TOLI

GH

TF

AIL

UR

ES

EN

SO

R

Y–R

YY

Y

W–B

R–G

Y–B

Y–B

( *1)

EN

GIN

EO

ILLE

VE

LW

AR

NIN

GS

W

GE

NE

RA

TO

R( A

LTE

RN

AT

OR

)

WA

SH

ER

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

R–G

( *2)

DA

YT

IME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

Y–B

( *2)

Y–B

(*2)

DIODE (FORTRACTION CONTROL)

R–G

(*3)

R–G

(*1 *4)

Y–B(*1 *3)

W–BW–R

8 18

E5

G2

W1

D4

D 7

P 4PARKING BRAKESW

L

PKB BRK

1 2


A14 C12 C13 C15 C14

B8 B7 A15 A9 A13

SPEED

V–W

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A 8

19

15

(*2)

223

*1 : USA*2 : CANADA

* 3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL* 4 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL

1H9 1J62

1K123A171G63E10

3E1 3D151E5

1C

1

FUE

L

TA

CH

O

WA

TER

TEM

P.

IK1

E14

EB11

IM37 IM312

IM32 IK1F12 IK1F7 IK1F9

3D12

3D4

BB

A

C

IE IF EC

2

4

R–L R–L

SP1 W

V–W

COMBINATION METER

L–Y

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE( E

NG

INE

AN

DE

LEC

TRO

NIC

ALL

YC

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

EC

U)

V–W B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

R–L

R–L

L–Y

L–Y

RE

SE

T

A/B M

ALF

UN

CTI

ON

IND

ICA

TOR

LAM

P( C

HE

CK

EN

GIN

EW

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T) FUE

L

OP

EN

DO

OR

BR

–Y

Y–B

Y–R

W–B B BR

Y–G

R–W

15AGAUGE

10ADOME


2 6

12

E7

AC 9 , C11B , C10 C

R–G

( *3)

W–B

Y–R

Y–B

BR

–Y

W–B

B BR

Y–G

R–G

(*3)

R–G

(*1 *4)

W–B W–B

C

2 3 1

1

I2

W3

J11

F14

B 1

J 2


BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL WARNINGSW FUEL SENDER


IGN

ITE

R

WA

TE

RT

EM

P.

SE

ND

ER

TOD

OO

RC

OU

RTE

SY

SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IG–

B

A8 C7 C8 C10 C9 C22 C21 A12

B2 C1 C11

3B

11V–W

11

1

224

COMBINATION METER

A

A

A11 B6 B9 B10

A10 A19 A7 A21 B4 B1 A20 A18 B5

222

2221J5

1J11

1J10

22

EB17

IK1F8

1

15AHEADRH

10AHEAD(RH–UPR)

7. 5ADRL

7. 5ASRS


1 1 33

4 3

2

5 1

R–W

W–B

B–Y

Y–B

Y–B

R–Y

P–L L

B–Y

R–L

B–R

R–Y

R–Y

G–Y

G–B

R–W

W–G

W–L

R–W

R–W

W–R

W–R

(*2)( *2)

( *1)

(* 2)

R–L

( *2)

FROM TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]


SR

S

OIL

SE

AT

BE

LT

AB

S

TR

AC

TR

AC

OFF

CR

UIS

E

O/D

OF

F

LG–R

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J8

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

TO

CE

NT

ER

AIR

BA

GS

EN

SO

RA

SS

EM

BLY

TO

INTE

GR

AT

ION

RE

LAY

TOA

BS

AN

DT

RA

CT

ION

EC

U( *

3)TO

AB

SE

CU

( *4)

O2

TOC

RU

ISE

CO

NT

RO

LE

CU

TOO

/DM

AIN

SW

TO

TR

AC

TIO

NE

CU

( *1)

( *1)

TOD

IMM

ER

SW

[CO

MB

.S

W]

HIG

HB

EA

M

TU

RN

LH

TU

RN

RH

COMBINATION METER

CC 9 , C10 , C11B A

(*3)

( *3)

R–W

(*2)

2 2 34

IF

A

A

A

W–B

W–B

J11



( *2)

( *2)

(* 1)

(*1) (*1)

225

*4 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL*2 : CANADA*1 : USA *3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL

A

A

C23 C2 C4

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 B3 A17

1H18

3A18 3E18

EA116

EB

IK1E12 IK1E13 IK1E8 IK1E11 IK1E9 IK1E10

7. 5APANEL

6 3 5

W–B

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

L–W

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

L–W

LG

W–R

R–B

W–B

LG

W–B

W–B

W–B

LG


FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]

FR

OM

ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

SO

LEN

OID

P R N D 2 L

EC

TP

WR

TA

ILLI

GH

TIN

DIC

ATO

R( *

2)H

EA

DLI

GH

TIN

DIC

ATO

R( *

1)

ILLU

MIN

AT

ION

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

RHEOSTATR 8

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

TC LM T

COMBINATION METER

CC 9 , C10 , C11B A

(*2)

3D

16

IG

W–B

B

B

LG

(*1)

( *2)

226

COMBINATION METER

B 1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN


O 2 OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW APPROX. 20 KPA (2.8 PSI, 0.2 KG/CM2)

W 3 WATER TEMP. SENDER1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 (50°C, 122°F)

APPROX. 25 (115°C, 239°F)E 5 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW

1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT UP AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55°C (131°F)OPEN WITH FLOAT DOWN AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 60°C (140°F)

F14 FUEL SENDER2–3 : APPROX. 3 AT FUEL FULL

APPROX. 110 AT FUEL EMPTYC10(C) COMBINATION METER

1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER AT P OR N POSITION10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY22–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

A 8 28 F14 30 J 9 29

B 1 26 G 2 26 J11 29

C 9 B 28 I 2 26 O 2 27

C10 C 28 I11 29 P 1 27

C11 A 28 J 1 27 P 4 29

D 4 28 J 2 29 R 8 29

D 7 28 J 3 29 V 1 27

E 5 26 J 7 29 W 1 27

E 7 28 J 8 29 W 3 27

: RELAY BLOCKS





1B

1C

1E

1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)


1J

1K

1L














SERVICE HINTS

227

: GROUND POINTS







: SPLICE POINTS


I20 38 COWL WIRE

228

COMBINATION METER

230

RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

1. HEATER BLOWER OPERATIONMANUAL BLOWER OPERATION

WHEN THE BLOWER CONTROL SW IS SET TO ANY BLOWER SPEED, THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY OPERATES AND THE CURRENTTO DRIVE THE BLOWER MOTOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWERMOTOR CONTROL RELAY. THE CURRENT ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE BLOWERMOTOR CONTROL RELAY IS OUTPUT AT TERMINAL M+ AS THE VOLTAGE FOR THE SELECTED BLOWER SPEED. THE CURRENTTHEN FLOWS FROM TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OFBLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, AND THE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATES AT THE BLOWER SPEEDSELECTED.

AUTO FUNCTION

WHEN THE AUTO SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY CALCULATES THE REQUIRED VENT TEMPERATURE BASED ONTHE SET TEMPERATURE AND INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR. THEN TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY INPUTSCURRENT TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY IN CONFORMITY WITH THE REGUIRED VENT OUTPUT. THISCURRENT ACTIVATES THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWERMOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER MOTOR. THE BLOWER MOTOR THEN OPERATES AT DIFFERENTSTEPS IN CONFORMITY WITH VARIABLE CURRENT FLOW OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TOTERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY.

2. OPERATION OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)

WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY →TERMINAL AIR → TERMINAL 2 (F AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AIF OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHILE THEDAMPER OPERATES, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TPI OFTHE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THEECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)

WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL AIF → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL2 → TERMINAL. AIR OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPSAT THAT POSITION.

3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.

(SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE)

THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AOF OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR VENT CONTROL MODE SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL. AOD OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATESAND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FACE SIDE. WHILE THE DAMPER OPERATES, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROMTERMINAL 5 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL TPO OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS ARESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF)

THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AOD OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL. AOF OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES ANDTHE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

4. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORWHEN THE TEMPERATURE SW IS TURNED TO THE ’COOL’ SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL AMH OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OFSERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION ANDMAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE.

WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE “WARM” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR →TERMINAL AMH OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL AMC OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TOWARM SIDE.

5. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORWHEN THE MODE SW IS SET TO BI–LEVEL, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF MAX COOL CONTROLSERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL CBLO OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THIS OPERATESTHE MOTOR TO SET THE DAMPER TO THE MAX COOL SIDE.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

231

6. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONTHE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURESIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP.SENSOR) AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC.

WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU (BUILT IN THEA/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWSFROM GAUGE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL ACMG OF ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL A/C → TERMINAL MGC OF A/C LOCKAMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL MGC OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, TURNING THE RELAYON, SO THAT THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)DETECTS THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES. OPEN DIRECTION TO AVOID LOWERING THEENGINE RPM DURING A/C OPERATING.

WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THE CONTROL ASSEMBLY OPERATES TOTURN OFF THE AIR CONDITIONING.

∗ ENGINE TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.

∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.

∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.

∗ A SIGNAL THAT THERE IS A LARGE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ENGINE SPEED AND COMPRESSOR SPEED.

∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.

A 3 A/C LOCK SENSOR AND A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH4–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7

A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW [A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]1–4 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 206 KPA (30 PSI, 15.5 KG/CM2) OR 2648 KPA (384 PSI, 27 KG/CM2)

A 8, A 9, A10 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY+B – GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 10–14 VOLTSIG – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

HR – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTORBELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR

ACC – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITIONTW – GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. COLD POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SW

BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. WARM POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SWMGC – GROUND: BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW ON POSITION

10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW OFF POSITIONBLW – GROUND: 1.0–3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR

S5 – GROUND: 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSG – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

AMH – AMC: 13–19 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFFAIF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FRESH SW ONAIR – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RECIRC SW ON

AOF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FACE SW ONAOD – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DEF SW ONGND – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

SERVICE HINTS

232


2

31

2

1A7 2 2

3D73D13

2

2 2 2 2 2

2

3D17

2 2

2

2

2

2

2

EB224EB213

3C13

EA115 EA23

EB2

1

EA116

EA

E 4

E25

M

1

2

M

1

2

10AECU–IG

30ARDIFAN

A

13 2

4 3

5 3

4 3

9

2 4

AA

A

14 1

6 42

5 1 1 3

5 1

2

10

B–Y

B–Y

W–R

L–Y

L–O

L

B–R

L–O

L–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

L–B

L–B

L–W

L–B

L–W

L–B

L

L

W–B

B–L

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R


HEATERRELAY

RADIATORFAN MAINRELAY

W–B

BATTERY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

100AALT

WATER TEMP.SW

W 4

A/C

SIN

GLE

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

[A/C

TR

IPLE

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

]

A2

RA

DIA

TO

RFA

NM

OT

OR

CO

ND

EN

SE

RFA

NM

OT

OR

R1

C1

RADIATORFAN RELAY

W–B

W–B

60A

AB

S

50A

HE

ATE

R

7.5A

EC

U–B

EB

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

233

1H9 1H18 1J7

3B18

3C6 3B2

3D16 3D10

3A17

3A

6

3F

9

IH13IH210 IH115 IH19

IP13 IP11

EB24

EB2

15

IG

3D

5

A9 A16 C1 C6 A23 A22 C8 C2

A2

A1 B2 B1 A3

M2 1

15AGAUGE

7. 5APANEL

15ACIG

C

411

C

GND M+ M– SI

A/C TC

B–Y

B–Y

W–R

L–Y

L–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

L–O

W–B W B

P–B

W–B

P–L

L–Y

P–L

L–Y

L–Y

W–R

B–Y GR

Y–L

GR

Y–L LG P–L

LGLG G

R

B–Y


B–Y

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

D 3

+B

BLW HR +B

BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY

AB 4 , B 5B

BLOWER MOTORB 3

IG DOUT DIN ILL+ ACC

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J10

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

BA 8 , A 9 , A10A C

( US

A)

Y

( CA

NA

DA

)

IP1

2L–O

L–Y

(USA)

(CANADA)

234


2 2

2 2

IH119 IH120 IH14 IH15

IK1F12

EB217

II13 II12

IK2C5

EB29

II1

1

A20 A10 A12 A13A18 A5

6 10 12 1 7

B

23 34 4

5 2

B

3 1 11 2 4

4 3 1

4 2 1

B

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y W–B

B–Y

L–W

L–W

L–W

L–W

L–W

GR

GR

–R

Y–R L–

B

Y–R L–B

GR

–R Y

L–R

G–B

Y

L–R

B–Y Y L–R

BB

W–B

B–Y

B

WW

B

B–Y

WM

SHUT

OPENACMG A/C

MGC–IN COMP SG

A/C

MA

GN

ET

ICC

LUTC

HR

ELA

Y


E 7

MGC–OUT IG

IG–

LOCK OUT A/C

5

IGN GND

IGNITER

MAX COOL CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

I 2

M10

A/C LOCKAMPLIFIER

A12

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J4

A/C LOCK SENSORAND A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH

A 3

TO

TE

LEP

HO

NE

TRA

NS

CE

IVE

RA

ND

SP

EA

KE

RR

ELA

Y

FR

OM

DE

FOG

GE

RR

ELA

Y

LOCK IN MGC TEL IN CBLS CBLO RDFGR


BA 8 , A 9 , A10A C

IK2C2 IK2C1

GR

GR–R

IJ213 IH116

G–BG

R–R

( US

A)

( US

A)

B–W

( CA

NA

DA

)

B–W

( CA

NA

DA

)

235

1

2

IH114 IH113 IH111 IH112 IH17 IH18 IH110

IH29 IH211

II19

A19 C9 A1 A2 B8 B9 B7 A7 A6 B11B2 B1 B5

1

2

1

3

II1

6

I117 I56

II14 II15 II17 II18

M M

B

A

C

2 1 4 5 3 1 2 4 5 3

AA

BB

CC

C

W–B W–B

R–Y

B–WB–W

R–Y

B–W

B–W

R–Y

P

P–B

R–Y

L–O

B–W

Y–G

BR

–W

R–Y

Y–B

B–W

R–Y

R–Y

B–WL–

O

P–

B

P

Y–G

BR

–W

R–Y

Y–

B

B–W

B–W

R–Y

Y–G

BR

–W

R–Y

Y–B

B–W

Y–B

BR

–W

Y–

G

G

G–R

L–O

G–B

P–BP

W–G

V–W

G–R

G–R

L–O

CO

OL

WA

RM

AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORA22

AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORA23

WA

TE

RT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( FO

RA

/CS

YS

TE

M)

W7

A/C

SO

LAR

SE

NS

OR

A/C

RO

OM

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A14

A13

TO

SP

EE

DM

ETE

R[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

TO

RH

EO

ST

AT

SPEED RHEOSTAT AMH AMC TS TP TW TR AOF AOD S5 TPO SG


BA 8 , A 9 , A1 0A C

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J6

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

RJ1

0

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J10

FA

CE

DE

F

IH212

W–

G

236


M

2 1 4 5 3

FRE

SH

RE

CIR

C

AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTORA21

41

2

1

2

I88

IH12 IH121 IH117 IH122 IH11 IH118

IH16

IC2A18IC2A10

3B5

3D4

IF EA IG

A4 A3 B10 B6 B3 A17 A21 C5

IC2A14

W–B

R–Y

B–W B–W

R–W R–L

R–B

B–L B L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LB

LBB

–W

B–W

W–B

B–L

R–B

R–L

R–W

B–WR–B

R–Y

R–L

R–W

A/C

EV

AP

OR

AT

OR

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A/C

AM

BIE

NT

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A/C

DU

AL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

[A/C

TR

IPLE

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

]

A11 A1

A2

AIR AIF TPI TE TAM PSW VER1 GND

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYBA 8 , A 9 , A10A C

(CA

NA

DA

)

A A

W–B

W–B

( CA

NA

DA

)

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

( FO

RE

AR

TH

)

J11

B B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

1

(CA

NA

DA

)

1 21

4

1 2X 4

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 9 10

2322X2019XX1312X 16

AA 8A 1 A 2 A 3BLACK BLACK GRAY

2 3

(USA)

237

: PARTS LOCATION


A 1 26 A21 28 J 1 27

A 2 26 A22 28 J 4 29

A 3 26 A23 28 J 6 29

A 8 A 28 B 3 28 J 7 29

A 9 B 28 B 4 B 28 J10 29

A10 C 28 B 5 A 28 J11 29

A11 28 C 1 26 M10 29

A12 28 D 3 28 R 1 27

A13 28 E 7 28 W 4 27

A14 28 I 2 26 W 7 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A


1J






3F22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)



EA134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO 2)

EA234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)



IH136 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IH236 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

II1 36 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 1 WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)




IP1 38 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS



I88 38 COWL WIRE

E2534 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I117 38 A/C NO. 1 WIRE

I56 38 COWL WIRE

238


240

GROUND POINT

HEADLIGHT LO RH

HEADLIGHT LO LH

A/C DUAL PRESSURESW [A/C TRIPLEPRESSURE SW]

ABS ACTUATOR

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

CONDENSER FAN MOTOR

COMBINATION METER(ES)

ENGINE OIL LEVELWARNING SW

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)(E1)

SUB HEATED OXYGENSENSOR

TRACTION ECU

VOLUME AIR FLOW(AIR FLOW METER)

FOG LIGHT RH

CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR

ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT AND CLEARANCELIGHT RH

A/C DUAL PRESSURESW [A/C TRIPLEPRESSURE SW]

FOG LIGHT LH

WATER TEMP. SW

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT AND CLEARANCELIGHT LH

POWER STEERINGPRESSURE SW

RADIATOR FANMAIN RELAY

EFI MAIN RELAY

HEATER RELAY

ABS SOLENOID RELAY

IG2 RELAY


ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINEANDELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONECU)

MAIN HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(ON FRONT SIDE)

MAIN HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(ON REAR SIDE)

E11

E 4

E 5

E 7

E 9

E 8

E 5

I133

I121

E18

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

IK1

F11

IK1

F7

ED1

9

EA1

16

ED

EC EB

EA

E17

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

AA

A A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

(*1)

NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITION SYSTEM)

(–S)

(E)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)(E1)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

(EO1)

(EO2)

(*1)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU)(E1) (*4)

(*2)

2

(–S)

(E)

W–G

( *4)

241

*1 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL*2 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL *4 : CANADA

WIPER RELAY

SHIFT LOCKECU

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

DEFOGGER SW [A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY]

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY (VER1)

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR AND MIRRORHEATER RH

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW FRONT RH

ABS AND TRACTIONECU

TRACTION ECU

ABS ANDTRACTION ECU

ABS ECU(W/O TRACTIONCONTROL)

CLOCK

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

COMBINATION METER(E1)

TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU

CRUISE CONTROL ECU

CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

HEADLIGHT CLEANERMOTOR (FOR CANADA)

BLOWER MOTORCONTROL RELAY

DOOR LOCK MOTOR ANDDOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW FRONTRH

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH

I105

I107

I101

I104

I102

3A

14

3A

13

3A

4

3A

5

3B

5

1F

2

IH1

6

IO1

5

IO1

6

IO1

16

IO1

7

IC2

A20

IP1

3

IF

IH

IG

3B

15

3C

12

3D

12

3E

5

3F

2

3F

6

1D

5

1C

8

3D4

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

A A

A

A

A

(*4)

JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)

J11

(*4)

(*4)

(*4)

(GND)

(GND)

(GND)

(GND)

(GND)

( *1)

( *1)

(* 1)(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

( *2)

(* 2)

(*2)

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID[IGNITION SW]


TRACTION CUT SW

HIGH BEAM INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

(*1)

(*4)

I139

W–B

AW–B

W–B

W–B

(*4)

242

GROUND POINT

MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY

O/D MAIN SW

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT(FOR SHIFT LEVER)

GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

A/C LOCK AMPLIFIER

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR AND MIRRORHEATER LH

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

RADIO AND PLAYER

SEAT HEATER SW

HEADLIGHT CLEANERRELAY (FOR CANADA)

WIPER MOTOR

BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

TRACTION PUMP ANDMOTOR

WASHER LEVELWARNING SW

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

POWER MAIN RELAY

THEFT DETERRENT ECU


BJ BO II

IE

I68

I67

I69

I 3

1G

4

1D

1

1F

1

6

6

6

1C

11

IG2

9B

BB

B

B

B

B

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

(* 5)

W–B

W–B

W–

B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

(*4)

(*1)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

INTEGRATION RELAY

NOISE FILTER

6

W–B

W–B ( *

4)

(L)

(–S)

( *4)

I55

I60

I30

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

UNLOCK WARNING SW[IGNITION SW]

TILT AND POWERTELESCOPIC ECU

PPS ECU

COMBINATION METER(E2)

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTDOOR OPENER MOTOR

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

B

B

MOON ROOF CONTROLSW

VANITY LIGHT LH

FRONT PERSONALLIGHT

MOON ROOF MOTORAND LIMIT SW

VANITY LIGHT RH

B 2

B 3

IL1

2

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

(*3)

(*3)I142

W–B

W–

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

I138

RHEOSTATW–B

W–B

243

*1 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL*4 : CANADA*3 : W/ MOON ROOF

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW FRONT LH

DOOR LOCK MOTORAND DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW FRONTLH

DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT LH

POWER SEATCONTROL SW(FOR DRIVER’ SSEAT)

BUCKLE SW LH

SEAT HEATER(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATBACK)

AUTO ANTENNA MOTORAND RELAY

DOOR COURTESY SWREAR LH

REAR PERSONAL LIGHTRH

CONDENSER RH

DOOR COURTESY SWREAR RH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

LIGHT FAILURESENSOR

HIGH MOUNTED STOPLIGHT

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

LICENSE PLATE LIGHTLH

LICENSE PLATE LIGHTRH

STEREOCOMPONENTAMPLIFIER

DOOR LOCK MOTORAND DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW REARLH

REAR PERSONAL LIGHTLH

CONDENSER LH

POWER WINDOWMASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCKCONTROL SW

FUEL LID OPENERMOTOR

FUEL PUMP ECU

FUEL PUMP

WIRELESS DOOR LOCKECU

LUGGAGE COMPATMENTKEY UNLOCK SW

DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT RH

DOOR LOCK MOTORAND DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWREAR RH

SEAT HEATER(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT BACK)

BUCKLE SW RH

MOBILEPHONE

REAR CIGARETTELIGHTER

BN BL

BM

BK

B19

B11

B 4

B15B 4

B62

B61

B42 B47

B50

B51

B35

B63 B65

B23

IF1

4

IF1

9

IF1

8

IF1

3

BQ1

10

BQ1

4

BT1

4

BR1

10

BR1

4

BU14

B20

AA

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

AA

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

(E2)

(E1)


J12

ASHTRAY ILLUMINATIONREAR LH

(E)

(E1)

W–B

W–B

(E)

(E)

W–B


J13

ASHTRAY ILLUMINATIONREAR RH

(E1)

(E2)

POWER SEATCONTROL SW(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT)

TELEPHONETRANSCEIVER ANDSPEAKER RELAY

REAR CIGARETTELIGHTER ILLUMINATION

244

GROUND POINT

: PARTS LOCATION


J 1 27 J 9 29 J13 30

J 2 29 J11 29

J 7 29 J12 30

: RELAY BLOCKS



6 24 R/B NO.6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)



1C

1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1F20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

1G




3D

3E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

3F

( )












IP1 38 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)





: GROUND POINTS










II 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

BJ 40 FRONT SIDE OF ROOF CENTER





BO 40 LEFT SIDE OF REAR PILLAR

245

: SPLICE POINTS


E 4 I133 38 ENGINE WIRE

E 5 I138


I139 38 COWL WIRE


I142

38 COWL WIRE

E 9 B 240 ROOF WIRE

E11 B 340 ROOF WIRE

E1734 ENGINE WIRE

B 4

E1834 ENGINE WIRE

B11

I 3 B15 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I30 B19

40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I55 B20

I60 B23

I67 B35

I6838 COWL WIRE

B4240 FLOOR NO 1 WIRE

I6938 COWL WIRE


I101 B50

I102 B51

I104 B6142 FRONT SEAT LH WIRE

I105 B6242 FRONT SEAT LH WIRE

I107 B6342 FRONT SEAT RH WIRE

I121 38 ENGINE WIRE B6542 FRONT SEAT RH WIRE


246

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/BNo. and connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junctionblocks are shaded differently for further clarification).Example:

Indicates related system.Indicates the wiring harness and wiring har-ness connector. The wiring harness with maleterminal is shown with arrowsOutside numerals are pin numbers.

is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, enginetype, or specification is different.Indicates a shielded cable.

Indicates and located on ground point.The same code occuring on the next page indi-cates that the wire harness is continuous.

System TitleIndicates the wiring color.Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.B = Black L = Blue R = RedBR = Brown LG= Light Green V = VioletG = Green O = Orange W = WhiteGR= Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color andthe second letter indicates the color of the stripe.

Indicates the connector to be connected to apart (the numeral indicates the pin No.)The position of the parts is the same as shownin the wiring diagram and wire routing.Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for femaleand male connectors.

The numbering system for the overall wiringdiagram is the same as above.Indicates a Relay Block. No Shading is usedand only the Relay Block No. is shown to distin-guish it from the J/B.

247

Remote Control Mirror

Seat Heater

Shift Lock

SRS (SupplementalRestraint System)

Starting

Taillight and Stop Light

Theft Deterrent and DoorLock Control

Turn signal and HazardWarning Light

Unlock and Seat BeltWarning

Wiper and Washer

Wireless Door LockControl

Horn

Illumination

Luggage and Fuel LidOpener

Moon Roof

Power Seat

Power Source

Power Window

Radiator Fan and AutomaticAir Conditining

Radio and Player

ABS (Anti–Lock BrakeSystem)

Auto Antenna

Automatic Light Control

Back–Up Light

Cellular Mobile Telephone

Charging

Cigarette Lighter

Combination Meter

Cruise Control

Engine Control

Front Fog Light

Electronically ControlledTransmission and A/TIndicator

3–3 (for USA)4–2 (for Canada)

2–2

9–2

17–2

7–6

20–2

24–2

15–3

1–4

22–2

17–8

19–2

18–2

5–3

23–2

1~25–1

1–3

25–2

10–3

14–2

10–2

7–7

7–3

15–3

5–2

11–2

8–2

3–2

16–2

15–2

21–2

12–8

9–4

12–2

16–3

1–2

Headlight

Headlight Cleaner (forCanada)

Rear Window Defoggerand Mirror Heater

23–2

ABS and Traction Control

Electric Tension Reducer

Ignition

Interior Light

Light Auto Turn Off

16–2PPS (Progressive PowerSteering)

7–2

6–2

11–3

248 SYSTEM INDEX

Clock 15–4

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1995 GS

300 Overall E

lectrical Wiring D

iagram

1 2 3 4

1 LEXUSGS300 ELECTRICALWIRINGDIAGRAM

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

6

5

11 AM2

3

1

45

6

P

N

8 EB25 EB24 EB1

E5 IK1

F6 IK1

EB2EB221 EB2

F1 IK116 EA1

11 EB1

2

1

5

3

1J9

1J3

E4 IK1

2 2 2 2 2

2

EB

15

14

1G3

1K8

1B5

1L5

6 EC1 5 EC1

6 ED1 10 ED1 3 ED1

1 A

B 1B

2B

3B

L

IG

S

14 EA1

22

2 22 2

2

1 B1A

10 18

B–L

B–L

W–R

W B–O

W W–R

B

Y–G

B–W

B Y–G

B–W

B–Y

B–L

B

B–W

B–W

B–W

W–B

B–O

W–B

B–O

B–O

B–L

B–O

W

B–W

B(Canada)B–O(USA)

B–W

B–O

W

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–R

B–RB

–O

B

G–W

G–Y

B

W–B

BB

B–W

B–L

B–L

Y R–L

W

Y R–L

W

YB

–O

GBWR

Y–GY

W

B–YB–L

Y

B

R–L

Y R–L

W

B–L

2 3 1 4

1 2

4 2 1

3 5

3

A

A

I11 IGNITION SW

STARTER

RE

LAY

P1

PAR

K/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SITIO

NSW

(NEU

TRAL

START

SW)

IG2

RE

LAY

N1

NO

ISEFILTE

R(for

IgnitionSystem

)

J1

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

ToEngine

ControlM

odule(Engine

andE

lectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionE

CU

)<

2–8><

17–2>

BATTERY

ToTheftD

eterrentEC

U<

12–3>

S 1 A , S 2 B

STARTER

To

A/CLock

Amplifier

<25–8>

Front side ofleft fender

I 3IGNITION COIL

D 2DISTRIBUTOR

+B COIL–

IG– IGT IGF

G1 G2 NE G–

I2IGN

ITER

ToEngine

ControlM

odule(E

ngineand

ElectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionE

CU

)<2–7>

<17–2>

15AGAUGE

C11

CH

ARG

EW

ARN

ING

LIGH

T[C

OM

B.M

ETE

R]

To

Daytim

eR

unningLightR

elay<4–1>

ToA

BSand

TractionE

CU

<19–8>

G 1 A , G 2 B


ToE

ngineC

ontrolModule

(Engineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)<

2–7><

17–2>

ToC

ombination

Meter

<24–7>

ToD

ataLink

Connector1

(Check

Connector )<

2–3>

ToTachom

eter[C

omb.

Meter]<

24–7>

D

DD

1

1 2 3

AG 1 BG 2 GRAY


1

1

AS 1 BS 2 BLACK

B–W

STARTER

B–O

B–O

W2 15 27

7 17 9

5

1 16 28

10188

100AA

LT

15AA

M2

30AIG

2

50AM

AIN

7.5AALT

SEN

SIN

G

40AA

M1

SH

OR

TPIN

J3

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

2

1J21J1

EC

IK1F12

B

Front side of intake manifold

BR

1

2 B

Power Source Starting Ignition Charging

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

6

5

11 AM2

4 EB1 5 EB2 19 EB2 6 EB1 20 EB2

2

1

3

5

2 2

2

1J9

2 2

2

1

5

3

2 2

1J3

2 2

E4 IK1

8 EB2 7 IE1

C15 IK2

11 IE110 IE1

IK1E3

IE28

2A

AA

16 EA1

BK

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

11 EB1

IK1F6

1J6

1G3

AA

A

F4 IK1

F10 IK1

F11 IK1

ED

1 A

2 B

I11IGNITION SW

IG2RELAY

EFIMA

INR

ELA

Y

F13FUEL PUMP ECU

E FPC DI FP

B

J 6JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BATTERY


D3

DA

TALIN

KC

ON

NE

CTO

R2

(TDC

L )

J9

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

Rear side of intakemanifold

I9IN

JEC

TOR

NO

.6

I8IN

JEC

TOR

NO

.5

I7IN

JEC

TOR

NO

.4

I6IN

JEC

TOR

NO

.3

I5IN

JEC

TOR

NO

.2

I4IN

JEC

TOR

NO

.1

B–Y

FromIgniter<

1–3>

B

LG–RG–RR–B

RR–WR–GR–YR–L

W

F12FU

EL

PU

MP


Under the frontseat LH

M C9

B,C

10A

MA

LFUN

CTIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

RLAM

P(C

HE

CK

EN

GIN

EW

ARN

ING

LIGH

T )[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT)[COMB. METER]

15AGAUGE

B–Y B

B–O

W

W–R

B–O

R–L

W–R

W

B–R

B–O

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–R

LG–R

G–W

G–R

LG–R

R–L

W–B

W–B

B–O

B–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–L

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–OB

–O

W–B

B–O

B–R G

R

B W B BR

L–O

LG

G–Y

R–L

B–Y

R–B

R R–W R

–G R–Y R

–L

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–Y

R–G

R–W R

BR

BR

BR

BR

LGLG

L–O

LG

LG

G–Y

B–Y

BR

W–L

G–O

G–W

BRB

B–OG–OW–LB–RB–RB–RLGL–OL–BLG

G–YL–O

L–B

LG

BR

B–Y

BR

B–Y

BR

(SHIELDED)

B–O

B–O B–O B–O

B–O

W–BW–B

G–W

B(Canada)B–O(USA)

W–B

B–R B–R

G–O

B–R

G–W

B–O

B–L

R–L

30AIG

2

20AEFI

15AA

M2

100AA

LT40A

AM

1SH

OR

TP

IN

FromA/C ControlAssembly<25–5>

1 12 8 13 14

2824

16

4

AA A

9

1 3 2 5

11

19 15 4 3

2

A

5

1

2

7

3

8

FP +B TE1 VF1 VF2

E1OX1OX2IG–

TT

TE1

TE2

ENG

ECT

E1

W

FromO

/DM

ainS

W<

17–4>

1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

BC 9

2

1

B–R

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

AC10 ORANGE

*2 : w/o Traction Control*1 : w/ Traction Control

B–R


EB

2 LEXUSGS300 (Cont. next page )

22

2

3

8

1

5

7 15

23 27

A/C

B–Y

1G6

1E5

Power Source Engine Control

5 6 7 8

2 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)

B B A A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B B

A A A A B B B B B B B B B B B

2

1

1

2

1

2

2

1

6431

B B B B B B B B A B A A A A A A A A A

B B B B B B B B B B B B

2 4 2

ED

B21 IC2

2 ED1

1

2

9 ED1

EB

664565644341426346445857367574393335323476124333130361720192928

12 6 21 22 15 16 17 18 19 20 73 48 72 47 26 25 27 7 50 49 69 80 79 2 77 4 15 40 39 37 38 34 23

3 4 3

2 4 3

35

5

11

1 2

312

2 5

1 1

4 2

4 4

312

2 1

1

BRB

B–OG–OW–LB–RB–RB–RLGL–OL–BLG

G–Y

(SHIELDED)

I1IDLE

AIR

CO

NTR

OL

VA

LVE

(ISC

VALVE

)

E3

ENG

INE

CO

OLAN

TTE

MP.

SEN

SO

R(EFIW

ATER

TEMP

.S

ENSO

R)

V 7VSV(forIntakeControl)

V5

VS

V (forEVA

P)

V4

VSV

(forEG

R)

V6

VSV

(forFuel

Pressure

Up )

FromIgniter

<1–3>

S10

SU

BH

EATE

DO

XYG

ENSE

NS

OR

B–YBW

LG–RG–RR–BR

R–WR–GR–YR–L

B–Y

LG–R

G–R

R–B

R

R–W

R–G

R–Y

R–L

B–R

R

B

R–L

(SH

IELDE

D)

W

R W B G

R GR

BR

V

G–Y

LG

L–B

L–O

LG

Y (* 3 )Y–L (* 4 )

B B–R

W–L

G–O

B–O B Y–R

Y–B Y

Y–G BR

–R

BR–Y

BR

–W

G–R

G–W

G–Y

P L–O

BR

BR

B–R

B–R

B–RB

–RB

–R

B–R

B–R

R–B (* 1 )

Y–B(* 1 )

L–R(* 1 )

R–B

(* 1 )

Y–B

(* 1 )

BR(* 2 )

BR

BR

BR

BR

P–B

Y–R

L–R

P–B

Y–R

L–R

L–W

L–R

BR

Y–G

G–Y

G–O

BR

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

G–O

W–B

W–B

WB–W

(* 3 )B

(* 4 )

BR

–W

PY–R

P–L

LG–B

G–W

B–W

V–W

W

B–R

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

K1

KN

OC

KS

ENSO

R(on

FrontSide )

K2

KN

OC

KSE

NS

OR

(onR

earSide )

FromC

ombination

Meter<

24–5>

FromPark/N

eutralP

ositionS

W(N

eutralStartSW

)<1–2>

FromStop

LightSW

<6–3>

FromD

iode (forIdle–Up )

<11–2> From

TractionE

CU

<19–9>

FromA/C

LockAm

plifier<25–8>

FromA/C

Magnetic

Clutch

Relay<

25–3>

P2

POW

ERSTEE

RIN

GPR

ESS

UR

ES

W

E1

EG

RG

ASTE

MP.

SEN

SO

R

ToTraction

EC

U<

19–10>

ToC

ruiseC

ontrolEC

U<

20–3>To

TractionEC

U<

19–10>

(SH

IELD

ED)E B

HT3 OX3

VF2VF1

TE2TE1

TT HT3 OX3 +BBATT

M–RELIGSW

NSWISC2

ISC4ISC1

ISC3 ACIS EVAP EGR FPU IGT IGF

OD1 W DI FPC #60#50

#40#30

#20#10

HT1 OX1 HT2 OX2 G1 G2 NE G– KNK1 KNK2 E1 E01 E02 SP1 STA

THW THG IDL2 VTA2 VCCVTA1

IDL1 E2 THA KS

PSACMGA/CNEOTRVTO2

VTO1ELSSTP

BR

B–R

M 1MAIN HEATEDOXYGEN SENSOR(on Front Side)

M 2MAIN HEATEDOXYGEN SENSOR(on Rear Side)


10

30

50

70

1

21

41

61

2

22

42

62

3

23

43

63

4

24

44

64

5

25

45

65

6

26

46

66

7

27

47

67

8

28

48

68

9

29

49

69

11

31

51

71

20

40

60

80

19

39

59

79

18

38

58

78

17

37

57

77

16

36

56

76

15

35

55

75

14

34

54

74

13

33

53

73

12

32

52

72

BE 8 DARK GRAY


10

20

30

40

1

11

21

31

2

12

22

32

3

13

23

33

4

14

24

34

5

15

25

35

6

16

26

36

7

17

27

37

8

18

28

38

9

19

29

39

AE 7 DARK GRAY

Rear side of intakemanifold


B–R B–R B–R B–R B–R

B–R

BR

BRBR BR BR

P–B

R–B(*1)

Y–B

BR

WB

S 4SUB THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR

T 2THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR

(*2)

V 3VOLUME AIRFLOW(AIRFLOW METER)

FromDistributor<1–3>

To CruiseControl ECU<20–3>

E 7 A , E 8 B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)

*3 : Canada*2 : w/o Traction Control*1 : w/ Traction Control

+B HT1 OX1

E1

+B HT2 OX2

E1

B–R

BR

1 3

(* 1 )

Engine Control

L–R

BR

*4 : USA

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

3 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

1G3

2 2 2 2

1 EB1 12 EB2

4 EB1

1C1

6 A

7 A4 A5 A4

3

2

1

1B3

2

2

1

BM

2 2

2 2

7 EB1 10 EA1 4 EA1

B

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1J10

3A5

3D4

1B4

111J

IF

3 EC1

IG

L–Y

R–G

R–G

W L–Y

WW

L–Y

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–W

R–B

B–L

R–W

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

W W

R–W

R–W

R

R–W

R–W

R–W R

R

R

R–Y

W–B

R–Y

W–B

R–W

R–Y

W–B

R–Y

R–Y W–B

R–Y

R–Y

W

R–G

B–Y

A

B

A

17

16 6 18 9

1 3

2 4

6

A

A A

17

A

I11IGNITION SW

15AGAUGE

HEA

DLIG

HT

RELA

Y

SHO

RT

PIN

50AM

AIN

10AD

OM

E

100AALT

40AA

M1

I12 A

INTEGRATION RELAY

ToTheftD

eterrentE

CU

<12–3>

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

LSW

DIM

ME

RSW

EL H T ED HF FL HU

BATTERY

D12DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT LH

J12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)

Luggage room left

SeeTaillightand

StopLight

System<

6–1>

15AHEADRH

15AHEADLH

H4

HEA

DLIG

HT

HIR

H

H6

HE

AD

LIGH

TLO

RH

H3

HE

ADLIG

HT

HILH

H5

HEA

DLIG

HT

LOLH

C13COMBINATION SW


Behind combination meter Behind glove box

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

AI12

INTEGRATION RELAY


HRLY

TRLY T H

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

12 IE19 11 2 7

5

3

811210

W

Power Source Light Auto Turn Off Headlight(for USA)

HIG

HB

EAM

HE

ADLIG

HT

IND

ICATO

R

6 A

23 B5 A

EA Front side ofright fender

A

1


W–B

W–B

COMBINATIONMETER

C 9 A , C10 B

1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

AC 9

BC10 ORANGE

COMBINATION METER

1995 GS

300 Overall E

lectrical Wiring D

iagram

1 2 3 4

4 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

4

3

2

1

13 EB2 4 EB1

1G3

3D13

2 2

22

1B72 2

3E14

3

4

1

2

2 2

7 EB2

2

IF

53A

43D

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

2 2

4

5

3

1

2

2 2

29 EA1 8 EA1

4 EA1

EB2 7 EB1

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

IE EB EA

2

1

3

4

16 EA1

6 6

6 6

2

12 EC1 14 EC1

WW–R

B–Y

W–R

W–R

R–W

W–R

B–R

WW–R

Y–G

R–G

R–B

R–W

R–L

R–G

R

B

B–L

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

W

W W

R–Y

R–G

W–G

R–Y

R–G

W–B

W–B

R–Y

W

R R–L

R–L W

–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

W–G

R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–RR–W

R–Y

WW

R–Y

R–GR–G

B

9 17

2 15 17 5A

A

A A

11 13 8 16

18 16

A

3 1 33 5 7

4 2 34 6 8

6 A

A

5

A

A

I11IGNITION SW

15AGAUGE


C

C

J7

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

HEADLIGHTRELAY

40AA

M1

R–G

FromD

iode (forHeadlight

Cleaner )<

5–3>R

–W

D 4DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY


IG +B DRL H

CHG E PKB HI

To Theft DeterrentECU<12–3>

BATTERY

FromG

enerator(A

lternator )<

1–4>

FromParking

Brake

SW

<24–3>

Behind combinationmeter


DIM

MER

SWLIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

LOW

FLASH

HIGH

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

HU HF ED H T EL

C13COMBINATION SW

10AH

EAD

(LH–U

PR

)

10AH

EAD

(RH

–UPR

)

7.5AD

RL

10AH

EAD

(RH

–LWR

)

10AH

EAD

(LH–LW

R)

23


H6

HE

ADLIG

HT

LOR

H

H5

HE

ADLIG

HT

LOLH

C9

HIG

HB

EAM

IND

ICATO

RLIG

HT[C

OM

B.M

ETE

R]


DAYTIMERUNNINGLIGHTRELAYNO. 4


Left kick panel Front sideof leftfender

Frontsideof rightfender

SHO

RT

PIN

R–G

H3

HE

ADLIG

HT

HILH

H4

HEA

DLIG

HT

HIR

H

12 EB2

9

1013

14 8

7

1

2

3

5

100AA

LT

50AM

AIN

7.5AEC

U–B

R–Y

R–Y

FL

6

6

7

I12INTEGRATIONRELAY

R–G

A

R–W

R–L

EA17

W

W–B

ToD

iode(forTraction

Control )

<24–3>

Y–B

BRK

18

Power Source Headlight(for Canada)

A

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

5 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

2 2 2 2 2

1G3

1H17

1H15 1A7

1L3

4 EB122 EB2

5 1

2

3

3 4

1

A A

2


B

B

A


A

A

A

IE IF

2

1

M

53A

43D

15

B

6

B

16

B

2

1 EB1

8 IH26 IH27 IH212 EB2

1C1

3D17 3D9

3B8

3E19

3B21 3B12

1C5

10 9 7 11

3 4

H A CTY T

IG B

G–O

R–B

FromTaillightR

elay<

6–1>G

–RG

–R

G–W

G–W

G–O

G–O

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–W

ToD

aytime

Running

LightRelay<

4–2>

D5

DIO

DE

(forH

eadlightCleaner )

(forC

anada )R

–G

B–R

L–Y

L–B L–W

I12INTEGRATIONRELAY

A26AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

LSW

(*1)

To Door Courtesy SWFront LH<7–2>


Behind combination meter

7

6

20AWIPER

10AECU–IG

B–R

B L EL H A T

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LL

R–G

L–Y

R–G

L–YL–Y

1

10 11 12 13 17 18

9843

25 6 7

15 1614

AC14 GRAY

COMBINATION SW

*1 : Headlight Cleaner SW

AUTO

ON

W–B

R–B

G–O

R–G

C13 B , C14 A

COMBINATION SW

10AD

OM

E

50AM

AIN

100AALT

40AA

M1

HE

ADLIG

HT

RE

LAY

SHO

RT

PIN

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–W

W–L

BATTERY

H 2HEADLIGHT CLEANER RELAY(for Canada)

PB IG

E MTR H

H1

HE

ADLIG

HT

CLE

ANER

MO

TOR

(forC

anada )

Left kick panel

W–B

3 12

L–Y

R–G

W–L

L–Y

R–G

W–L

W

W–L

W

See

Headlight

System

<3–1>

<4–3>

I11IGNITION SW

B–Y

B–Y

A

1

10 11 12 13 17 18

98432 5 6 7

14 15 16

BC13

4

3

2

1

72911

5

12 10 1 8

1

3

A

COMBINATION SW

Power Source Headlight Cleaner(for Canada) Automatic Light Control

1 2 3 4

6 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

2

1

1

5

1E4

2 2

1G3

3A17

2

1B8

1D3

3D3 3D11 3E13 3E4 3D2

1A12 1H9

3E17

4 EB1

3 IM2

2 IM2

BB J 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B

2

3A5

3D4

A

IF

AA A

BN

1J6 1H7 1J14

4 IM3

1 IM2

B15 IC2

2

1

2

1

1 A

8 B

EB EA

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

AC10 ORANGE

BC 9

WW

WSH

OR

TP

IN40A

AM

1

100AALT

G–R

ToTheftD

eterrentEC

U<

12–3>

ToAutom

aticLight

ControlS

ensor<5–4>

G–Y

G–R

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

LS

W

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W To

ShiftLockE

CU

<16–2>

G–W

G–W

(* 1 )

G–W

(* 2 )

G–W

(* 1 )

G–W

ToEngine

ControlM

odule(E

ngineand

ElectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionE

CU

)<2–8>

<17–2>

ToTraction

ECU

<19–12>

ToA

BS

EC

U(w

/oTraction

Control )

<18–3>

ToA

BS

andTraction

ECU

<19–7>

G–W

ToC

ruiseC

ontrolEC

U<

20–4>

B–Y

B–Y

R–L

R–L

G–R

G–R

G–W

TAIL– STP– E

2

4

12 1 11

1

3

5

9 10 8

B–Y

I11IGNITION SW

TAILLIGHTRELAY 20A

STOP

I12INTEGRATIONRELAY

TRLY

T

7

S 9STOP LIGHTSW

STP+ STP IG

T H EL

OFF

TAIL

W–B W–B

B–L

W–B

W–B

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–WG

R–WG

G16

4

2 2 1TA

IL

STO

P

TAIL

STO

P

BATTERY

C13COMBINATION SW

L 4LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)Behind combination meter J13

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)

Luggageroomright

HEAD

R12

TAILAN

DS

TOP

LIGH

TR

H[R

EAR

CO

MB.

LIGH

TR

H]

R10

TAIL

AN

DSTO

PLIG

HT

LH[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LIG

HT

LH]

R–L

G–R

GG

G–R

R–G

G–R

(Canada )

G(U

SA)

RE

AR

LIGH

TW

AR

NIN

GLIG

HT[C

OM

B.

METER

]

TAIL– STP–

7 2

4 5

C9

B,C

10A

15AGAUGE

10ATAIL

L2

LICEN

SEPLATE

LIGH

TLH

L3

LICEN

SEPLA

TELIG

HT

RH

REAR LIGHT WARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]

*1 : w/ Traction Control*2 : w/o Traction Control

R–G

G

R–WR–W

G

W–BA

W–B

R9

TAIL

AN

DSTO

PLIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIGH

TLH

]

R11

TAIL

AND

STO

PLIG

HT

RH

[RE

ARC

OM

B.

LIGH

TR

H]

G

R–W

G

R–W G

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

3 3

1 2 1 2

TAIL

STO

P

TAIL

STO

P

Frontside ofrightfender

Frontside ofleftfender

WRN TAIL+

F6

FRO

NT

CLEA

RA

NC

ELIG

HT

RH

F5

FRO

NT

CLEA

RA

NC

ELIG

HT

LH

W–B

W–B

2

1

2

1

G G

5

8

7

G

GW

–B

W–B

G

1

4

HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT

1 32 1 2

A BLUE B

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

1B

2B

1 A

2 A

H10 A , B

H10 H10

3E12

G–W

3

W

PowerSource Taillight and Stop Light

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4


4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

1G3 1A7 1C1

2 2

2

1C11 1K14 1H5 1H2 1H19 1K1 1C7

1J6 1K12

19 IE1

12 IE1

17 IE1

8 BT1

16 IE1

1B3

4 EB1 1 EB1

1 A 11 A

7 B 12 B

9

10

2

1

1 1

2

IE IG BM BK

2

1

1

2

2

1D

OO

R

OFFO

N

4 IF2

3 IF2

2 BQ1

1 BQ1

8 IM1

61H

21B

71K

3D9 3E11 3A11

1C5

3D1 11 IM1

1 1

3 IN1

1 IN1

2 BR1

1 BR1

2

1

1

2

BL BN

1

2

1

DO

OR

OFF O

N

2

1

4 BTI

W W L–Y

W L–Y

B–R

L–Y

G

R–W

R–Y

R–W

G

R

W–B

G

L–YL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–L

L–Y

R–W

R–W

R–Y

R–W

B–Y

L–YL–YL–Y

G–W

R–W

B–R

W

W–B G–B

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

G–W

L–Y

L–Y

G–W

R–Y

W–B

L–Y

G–W

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

L–Y

R–W

R–Y

W–B

R–Y

W

B–R

L–Y

R–G

R–G

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–G

R–G

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–YL–YL–Y

R–W

L–Y

L–Y

G–W

L–Y

G–W

L–YL–Y

G

G–W

W–B

G–B

W–B

R–L

G–W

G–W G–W

W–B

3

1 222

3

21

4 333

43

A

7 1 2

948510

2 2

B

3 3

A

A

A

B–L

6

R

R

I11IGNITION SW

15AG

AUG

E

10AE

CU

–IG

INTEGRATION RELAY

SEA

TB

ELT

OPE

ND

OO

R

CO

MB

INATIO

NM

ETER

C10

A,C

11B

FromAutomatic LightControl Sensor<5–4>

From

TiltandP

owerTelescopic

EC

U<

13–4>

SH

OR

TPIN

40AAM

1

10AD

OM

E

7.5AE

CU

–B

J7

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

D12

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SW

FRO

NT

LH

D14

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SW

RE

ARLH

C18

CO

ND

ENSE

RLH

I11U

NLO

CK

WA

RN

ING

SW

[IGN

ITION

SW]

B6

BU

CK

LESW

LH

D8

FRO

NT

LH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

LIGH

T

D10

RE

ARLH

G–B

Left kickpanel

Behind glove box Luggage room left

J12JUNCTION CONNECTOR(for Earth)

BATTERY

R15

RE

ARP

ERSO

NA

LLIG

HT

LH

D13

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SWFR

ON

TR

H

D15

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SW

REA

RR

H

D9

FRO

NT

RH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

LIGH

T

R16

RE

ARP

ERSO

NA

LLIG

HT

RH

L7

LUG

GAG

EC

OM

PAR

TME

NT

LIGH

TL

8LU

GG

AG

EC

OM

PAR

TME

NT

LIGH

TS

W

D11

REA

RR

H

L–Y C19

CO

ND

EN

SE

RR

H

R–W

R–L

FromC

DAutom

aticC

hanger<23–5>


Under the frontseat RH

Luggage room right


C CTY

GND DLMP

CTY C

GND DLMP

R–W

B

A

W–B

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

AC10 ORANGE

COMBINATION METER

10 111213 171819 2021

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

141516

BC11 GRAY

COMBINATION METER

L–Y

7

13

5

14

8 12

3

1K9

2 1

R–Y

G–W

D23DIODE(for InteriorLight)

See Theft Deterrentand Door LockControl System<12–6>

To Diode (forInterior Light)<12–6>

R

G

2

2

1

100AA

LT

W–R

W–R

11

W–R

PowerSource

Unlock and SeatBelt Warning Interior Light

5 6 7

7 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)

21 21 21

3

1

DO

OR

OFFO

N

2

1

2

1

3 IL1 1 IL111 IM3 4 IE1

8 BU1 8 BT1

3D13

3E8

2

1

2

1

4 BU1 4 BT1

BL BM

1K2 3E14

1E2

C

C

5 IE23 IM3

1

M

BK

A

IG

9 A

1 A 13 B

W

B–R

L–Y

R–G

R–G

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–G R–G

L–Y

B–R

L–Y L–Y

W–B W–B

L–Y

R–G

L–Y

R–G

R–G

L–Y

L–YL–Y

L–Y

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

G G

R–G

R–G

B–RB

–R

W

W–R

B

W–G

L–O

W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G GW

–B

W–B

W–B

B

L–O

W–B

W–B

2 2

1 1

2

W–B

S 7STEP LIGHT LH

S 8STEP LIGHT RH

I10IGNITION KEYCYLINDER LIGHT

F10FR

ON

TP

ER

SO

NAL

LIGH

T

V8

VAN

ITYLIG

HT

LH

V9

VAN

ITYLIG

HT

RH

T18TEN

SION

RE

DU

CE

RS

OLE

NO

IDR

H

T17TEN

SION

RE

DU

CE

RS

OLE

NO

IDLH

Behind glove box Under thefront seat RH

Luggageroom left

B 7BUCKLE SWRH

B 6BUCKLE SWLH

30APOWER

T7

A,T

8B

THEFT

DE

TER

REN

TEC

U

F7

FUEL

LIDO

PEN

ER

SW

L1

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

ARTM

ENT

DO

OR

OP

ENSW

F11FUEL LIDOPENER MOTOR

L5

LUG

GAG

EC

OM

PAR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

ENER

MO

TOR



+B2

TO TSW

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9

AT 7 ORANGE

BT 8 ORANGE

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

2 IL1

W–B

W–B BB


17 3D

13 EB2

W–R

W–R

2

1


W–R

2

1

W–R

Interior Light Electric TensionReducer Luggage and Fuel Lid Opener

19 20

1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

25242322211715141312 18

5

16

2

1

M

8

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

8 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

2

1

3

5

1E4 1G3

2 2

3D17 3D16

1B8 1H18 1A7

2

3A9 3E18 3F10 3A18 3E7 3A7

7 IM1

1

2

1

5

4 EB1

2 5

IND E L LM TC

1 4 7 3 6

IG T

17 A

23 B

2

1

B–Y

B–R

LG LG

LG

I11IGNITION SW

W

W W

W

TAILLIGHTRELAY

7. 5APANEL

10AECU–IG

LG

SeeTaillightSystem

<6–1>W

100AA

LT

40AA

M1

SH

OR

TP

IN

B–L

L–W

W–B

W–R

R–B

B–R

LG

G3

GLO

VEB

OX

LIGH

T

LG

LG LG

LG LG LG LG

10 BQ110 BR1

7 BR1 7 BQ1

1

2

2

1

2

1


B

B

A J12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)

BB

B

B

IG BL BM

W–G

W–B

W–B

LG

LGW

–B

LGLG

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–G

W–G

A15

A/T

IND

ICA

TOR

LIGH

T (forShiftLever )

S5

SEA

TH

EA

TERSW

TAILLIGH

TIN

DIC

ATO

R[C

OM

B.M

ETE

R]

A29

ASH

TRAY

ILLUM

INATIO

NR

EAR

LH

A30AS

HTR

AY

ILLUM

INA

TION

REA

RR

H

G4

GLO

VE

BOX

LIGH

TSW

FromTheftD

eterrentECU

<12–2>

ToC

ombination

Meter<

24–7>

R6

RE

ARC

IGA

RE

TTELIG

HTER

ILLUM

INA

TION

3D6 3C16 3B7 3C6

3D4

4

3

6

2

2

1

3

2

9

8

3

4

12 IH2

3B15

IF

CC

CC

G LG

LG

LGLG

LG

W–G

W–B

W–B

C8

CLO

CK

A10

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SEM

BLY

H9

HA

ZARD

SW

C7

CIG

AR

ETTE

LIGH

TER

R3

RA

DIO

AN

DPLAY

ER

E6

ELECTR

ON

ICA

LLYC

ON

TRO

LLEDTR

ANSM

ISSIO

NPA

TTER

NSE

LECT

SW

W–G

W–G

W–G

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


10 111213 17 1819 2021

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

14151617 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

AC11 GRAYBC10 ORANGE

COMBINATION METER

W–G

LG

W–B

W–G

W–G

C10

B,C

11A


W–G

Under thefront seat RH

Luggage room left

BATTERY

R–W

R 8RHEOSTAT

LGBehind glove box

1

2

W–G

2 85

1 7 3

W–B

B

AJ11JUNCTION CONNECTOR(for Earth)

W–G

13 IE1

W–G

W–B W–B

W–B

PowerSource Illumination

(*1)

(* 1 )(* 1 )

*1 : Canada

1 2 3 4

9 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

2 2 2 2 2

4

3

2

1

4 EB1

2

2

2

1

5

3

6 6

11 IM2

66

10 EB1

3 EB2

2

A

IF EB EA

1

2

1

2

C

C

1G3

1A2

3 IH2

1 IH2

4 IH2 2 IH2

13 IH25 IH2

B

B

AA

IE BN

2

3

2

3

EB EA IG

6 6

6

B8 IC2 B7 IC29 A 10 A

23 B

2 EB1

I11IGNITION SW

C13COMBINATION SW

FOG LIGHTRELAY

BATTERY


Front sideof leftfender


Front sideof rightfender

TURN SIGNALFLASHER

Behindglove box

Front sideof rightfender


Left kickpanel

Luggage roomright

H 9HAZARD SW

B1 F B2 TL TB TR

OFF

ON

TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

15AHEAD LH(USA)10AHEAD(LH–LWR)(Canada)

SH

OR

TPIN

40AA

M1

20AH

AZ–H

OR

N

100AALT

50AM

AIN

15AFO

G

HE

AD

LIGH

TR

ELA

YSee

Headlight

System<

3–1><

4–2>

F1

FOG

LIGH

TLH

F2

FOG

LIGH

TR

H

R9

RE

ARTU

RN

SIG

NA

LLIG

HT

LH[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LIG

HT

LH]

R11

RE

ARTU

RN

SIG

NA

LLIG

HT

RH

[RE

ARC

OM

B.

LIGH

TR

H]

F5

FRO

NT

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIGH

TLH

F6

FRO

NT

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIGH

TR

H

C12

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

SW

[CO

MB.

SW]

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

IND

ICATO

RLIG

HT

[CO

MB

.M

ETER

]

10ATURN

J3

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

10 8

4 4

1 2

12

3

31

3

8

3 3

7 5 9 6

W G–Y

W

B–Y

W

R(U

SA)

R–G

(Canada )

G–Y

G–Y

G–OG–B

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–O

G–O

G–O

GG

R–W

R–W G

W–B

G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

G–B

G G–Y

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

GW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–Y

G–W

W

WW

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W

R

W–B

R–W

G

W

W–B

G–YG–YG–Y

G–BG–B G–B G–B G–B

G

C9

A,C

10B

BC10 ORANGEAC 9

B L

E

G–W



W

(USA)(Canada)

48

(USA)(Canada)

37

5

8

732

1 22

21

10

9 2

DIM

MER

SWFO

GLIG

HT

SW

FG FD ED FL HU HF

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

OFF

ON

R–Y

5 14 8

18

TR TL

TB

EC110

IM24

RH

LH

Power Source Fog Light Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

10 LEXUSGS300

1 EB2

1C1

3D9

1E2

66

22

1J12

1C5

3E11

6 6

1B1 1J13

2

M

1H20

BJ IE BK

7 IL1 3 IG1 3 IF1 8 IF1

6 IN1 9 IO1 1 IO1 6 BR1 14 BR1 5 BR1 6 BQ1 14 BQ1 5 BQ1

9 BS1 5 BS1

5 IG1 2 IG1

10 IF1 5 IF1

7 IF2 11 IF1 6 IF1 20 IE1

IM28

M1 2

M2 1

M1 2

M2 1

1 IL1

L–Y

L–Y

W

L–YL–Y

L–Y

NO

.1

NO

.2

G R

L–WL

L

L L–R

LL

W–B

R–L

W

L L

L

W–B

P G–Y

R–Y

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

G

W–B

R

W–B

W–B

LL

L–R

L

L

3

2 3 7 11

5 6 2 1

5 3 4 6

8

12

9 5 4 6

4 2 6 5

1 12

2

W–B

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

G R

W–B

W–B

W–B

L L–R

G–W

R–L

G–B

R–B L

G–Y

R–Y L

L

G–Y

R–Y L

L

R–B

G–B

R–Y

G–YL

R–B

G–BLR–L

G–W

LL

L

G R G R G R32

15

4 1

4

M 9MOON ROOF MOTORAND LIMIT SW

FromTheftD

eterrentE

CU

<12–1>

M 7MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

100AA

LT

10AD

OM

E

POWERMAINRELAY

LS1 LS2 MTR– MTR+ IG

B

OPN CLS UP DWN E

30APOWER

BATTERYM 8MOON ROOFCONTROL SW

Front side ofroof center

Left kickpanel


G–B

R–B

R–L

G–W

11 13 7 14 9 10 12

8

FRONT LH FRONT RH REAR RH REAR LH

UP

DO

WN

LOC

KS

W

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

ER WINDOW MASTER SW

POW

ERW

IND

OW

RE

LAY

P10POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT LH

P11POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT RH

P13POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH

P12POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH

P6

POW

ERW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FRO

NT

RH

P8

POW

ERW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SW

REA

RR

H

P7

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SWR

EA

RLH

OP

EN

CLO

SE

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

1

1 3

52

11

G–W

R–L

UP

2 IL1

IG

W–B

Behind glovebox

PowerSource Moon Roof Power Window

54 1

DO

WN

UP

23

DO

WN

1

3

UP

4

2

15

WP 9P O

1 2 3 4

11 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2

1G31E4 1G10

3D10

1C10

2 2

1B61K3 1A10 1B8 1J15 1J7

3A2

1J8

2

16 IH1

4 EB1

10 IG2 17 IO1

1

5

1

5

3 1

9 IG2 16 IO13 IG2 11 IG2

1D1

1C11


B

B

BO IH IG

M M

AA

A

4 IG2 3 IO1 2 IO1 4 IO1

M M

WW

W

100AA

LT

40AAM

1

W

B–W(C

anada )B–R

(US

A )

G–B

G–B

Y–G

Y–G

Y–G

Y–G

Y–G

R20

MIR

RO

RH

EATE

RR

H[R

EMO

TEC

ON

TRO

LM

IRR

OR

RH

]

R19

MIR

RO

RH

EATER

LH[R

EM

OTE

CO

NTR

OL

MIR

RO

RLH

]

LG–R

LG–R

LG

LG–B

SeeTaillightSystem

<6–1>

ToEngine

ControlM

odule (Engine

andE

lectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionEC

U)

<2–8>

D6

DIO

DE

(forIdle–Up )

P–L

Y (Canada)P–L(USA)

Y (Canada)P–L(USA)

B–Y

Y–G

GR

GR

2

TAILLIGH

TR

ELA

Y

15AGAUGE

10AM

IR–H

TR

7. 5APANEL

15ACIG

I11IGNITION SW

B–L

ToD

efoggerSW

[A/CC

ontrolAssembly]

<25–6>

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

–R

BR

–Y

BATTERY

Right kick panelLeft side of rear pillar Behind glove box

LGLG–B

LG–R

BR

–YBR–R

W–B

1 7 6 2 3 8

4

R 7REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

RH

LH

UP

DOWN

RIGHT

LEFT

UP

DOWN

RIGHT

LEFT

B E HL VL M+ VR HRLG

–R

LG–R

LG–B

LGJ4

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

BR–R

BR

–Y

LG–R

LG–R

LG–B

LG

2 4 4 2

33

R19REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

R20REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

4

3

2

1

40ADEFOG

W

1E2

W

1H10

10 IE2

BB

REA

RW

IND

OW

DEFO

GG

ER

DEFOGGERRELAY

SH

OR

TPIN

1 5

2 3

2 85

1 7 3

NO

ISE

FILTER

(forR

earWindow

Defogger )

IELeft kickpanel

W–B

1 A

1 B

1 C

LR

N2

AR

17B

,R18

C

1

1

CR18

BLACKBR17

AN 2

NOISE FILTER(for Rear Window Defogger)

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

1

BLACK

MLH MRVMLV MRH

M+ M+

PowerSource

Rear Window Defoggerand Mirror Heater

Remote Control Mirror

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4


4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2 1E2 1G3 1G10

3E8

1C1 1C5 1B3

3D10

1K2 1A7 1J7

3A3

C

C

1H6

9 A 7 A 8 A 11 B 1 B 3 B

4 A 6 A 14 B 12 B 8 B

1H19

2

2

1 19 IO1

3E20

9 EC1

IE EA EB IH

11 IO1 10 IO1 6 IG2

6 IO1 3 IF1

3D9

1K14

4 B 25 B 10 B 23 B 24 B 22 B 16 B 7 B 19 B 9 B 6 B 20 B 13 B

5 B 2 A 21 B 3 A 2 B 15 B

1

2 IM1

2 IG2

13 IO1 4 IN1 12BQ1 11 BQ1 BR1 11 BR1 5 IF2 9 IG1

6 IM2

9 IE1 18 IE1

8 IF1 5 IO1 5 IN1 13 BQ1 4 BQ1 13 BR1 4 BR1 6 IF2 4 IF1

BB

B

BK

L–B

M M MM

3

1

3

1

3

1

3

1

D D8 IE1 7 IM2 IG

1G2

10

9

1

2

4 EB1

L–Y

W W

W

W

L–Y

W W W

WW

B–R

B–R G

RP

–L

G–Y

R–W

R–W

L–Y

T1

THE

FTD

ETER

RE

NT

HO

RN

J3

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

30AP

OW

ER

10AEC

U–IG

15AC

IGI11IGNITION SW

2

1

11 IM1

3A11

L–YL–Y

L–YR

–LR

–LR

–L

L7

LUG

GAG

EC

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TLIG

HT

L8

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MPA

RTM

EN

TLIG

HT

SWR–L

E4

ENG

INE

HO

OD

CO

UR

TESY

SW

ToR

heostat<

8–1>

ToPow

erM

ainR

elay<

10–2>

Left kick panel Frontside ofrightfender


Rightkick panel

Under thefrontseat LH

D18

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LS

WR

H

P9

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LS

W[PO

WER

WIN

DO

WM

ASTE

RS

W]

D20

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RAN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TION

SWFR

ON

TR

H

D21

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RAN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DETE

CTIO

NS

WR

EAR

LH

D22

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RAN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DETE

CTIO

NS

WR

EAR

RH

D19

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

RAN

DD

OO

RU

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TION

SWFR

ON

TLH

J5

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR


L–R

L–W

L–B LL

L–B

L–B

L–R

L–B

L–B

L–R

L–B

L–R

L–B

L–OW

–B

L–W

W–B

L–W

W–B

L–W

L–W

W–B

L–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–WL–W

L–W

L–OL–R

W–B

B–W

W–R

B–Y

W–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y–G

R–G

G–R

G–W

RR

W–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

[

FromStarterR

elay<

1–2>

FromH

eadlightRelay

<3–2>

<4–2>

FromT

aillightRelay

<6–1>

FromH

ornR

elay<

15–3>

R

B B–Y

R–Y

G L–W

R–B

I11U

NLO

CK

WA

RN

ING

SW

[IGN

ITION

SW]

L1

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

ARTM

ENT

DO

OR

OP

ENSW

B

B

J7

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

RR–WR–WL–YB

B–YR–YG

L–WR–B

R

L–R

L

L–O

L

W–BW–BW–B

W–BW–B

L–W

W–B W–B

L–W

L–W

W–B

L–R

LL–B

L–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

R–G

R–G

R–L

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–W

B–W

W–R

B–W

W–R

W–R

B–W

B–Y Y(Canada)P–L(USA)

B–R 2

2 5 4 2 2 4

2424

2131

4

1

W

L–Y

W

+B2

E PRLY DSWH IND

IG ACC SH +B1 CTY DSWL SRLY HEAD TAIL

UL2 L2 ACT– LSWP ACT+

HORN L1 UL1 DSWD DSWP[ LUG UL3 KSW TSW

LSWDLSWR

4

D

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

B–L

T 7 A , T 8 B

L–B

L–R

L–BL–W

L–W

L–W

L–B

Behind glovebox

W–B

L–W

W–B

W–B

BATTERY

L–O

W–B

10AD

OM

E20A

HA

Z–HO

RN

100AA

LT40A

AM

1

8

7

1

2

22

21

12

11

SHO

RT

PIN

L–Y

R–W

W–B

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

2 2 2 2

2 EB11 EB1

5

3

R–W

1 2

RRLC PLCK3

LOCKL–O

L

L–R

I12INTEGRATIONRELAY

PowerSource Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

3D17

B–R

B–R

TO

1 A

L5

LUG

GAG

EC

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TD

OO

RO

PE

NE

RM

OTO

RB

M

1

B

IM33

12

5 6 7 8

12 LEXUSGS300(Cont’ d)

12 IO1 18 IO1 5 IG2

1 IM1 17 IM1 8 IM1

1 IG2

7 IO1 9 IF1

BM BN

AA

AA

3 IM1 6 IM1 5 IM1 4 IM1

12 IE1

1

2

18 IM1

19 IM1

12 IM1

BL

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9

1

2

R–WR–WL–YB

B–YR–YG

L–WR–BR

R–W

L–R

L

L–O

L

W–BW–BW–B

W–BW–B W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

L

L–O

L

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–OLL–R

L L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R B–Y B

R–Y

R–W

W–L

R B–Y B

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–Y

R–W

R–W

G

R–W

R–W

R–W 1A16

1H2

17 IE1R

–Y

W–B

W–B W

–BL–W

BR–B

BB–Y

BR–BBB–Y

L–W G

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

D17

DO

OR

KEY

LOC

KAN

DU

NLO

CK

SWFR

ON

TR

H

D16

DO

OR

KEY

LOC

KAN

DU

NLO

CK

SWFR

ON

TLH

L6

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

ARTM

ENT

KEY

UN

LOC

KS

W

D13

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SWFR

ON

TR

H

D15

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SWR

EAR

RH

D14

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SWR

EAR

LH

D12

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SWFR

ON

TLH


Luggage roomright

J13JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

(forEarth )

AT 7 ORANGE BT 8 ORANGE

THEFT DETERRENT ECU


KSW UL L +B CTY

LSWP LSWR LSWD E

W10WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU

W9

WIR

ELE

SSD

OO

RLO

CK

MA

INSW

See

InteriorLight

System

<7–3>

See

InteriorLight

System

<7–3>

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

2 2 2 2 2

7 11 10 9

2

122648

1 31331133131

Luggage roomleft

W–B

W–B

W–L

L–Y

W–B

W–B

1

2

G–W

G

FromDoorCourtesy LightFront RH<7–3>

D24

DIO

DE

(forInteriorLight )

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control Wireless DoorLock Control

19 20

1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

25242322211715141312 18

5

16

11 IM3

B–R

B–R

3IG

B–R

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

13 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

4 EB1

1G3

1C1

1E2

3D9

1A71C5

3E2

1K11

8 A 20 A 4 B

18 A 17 A 5 A 7 A 3 B 10 B

CC

C

DD

D

2

1

6 A 11 B 2 B 6 B5 B 11 A 7 B 1 B

19 A

M M M

B

B

A

3E5

3D4

IG IF

1 EB1

WWL–Y

W

B–R

L–YL–Y

L–Y

WW

L–Y

R–W

W–L

P

W–R

G–W

G–R

W

B–Y

L–Y

W

R–W

P

R–W

W–L

P

W–R

G–W

G–R

W R–W P

G(C

anada )G

–O(U

SA )

B–L

G–Y

G–B

R–B

R–Y

R

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

9 3 2 5 1 8 7 10 4

YBGRBRGGR

12

1 2

4 6 8 5

WR

B R Y

B

I11IGNITION SW

10AECU–IG

30APOWER



VC MSW

IG ECUB

E1 TIS TIM– TIM+ TES

+B

3

TELESCOLONG

TILTUP

TELESCOSHORT

TILTDOWN

MANUAL SW

TILTPO

SITIO

NSE

NS

OR

C14

TILTA

ND

PO

WE

RTE

LES

CO

PICU

NIT

[CO

MB

.S

W]

BATTERY

TILTC

ON

TRO

LM

OTO

R

TELESC

OP

ICP

OSITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

TELES

CO

PICC

ON

TRO

LM

OTO

R

TELESC

OP

ICLO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

MO

TOR

T11TILT

AND

PO

WE

RTELES

CO

PICS

ENSO

RA

ND

MO

TOR

ToU

nlockW

arningSW

[IgnitionSW

]<7–1> J

7JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J11JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

(forEarth )

Behind glovebox

Behindcombinationmeter

P

TEM– TEM+ RM– RM+ UWSW GND ECUE


T 9 B , T10 A

543216 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 32 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

AT10 BLUE

BT 9 BLUE


222

2

5

7

211

8

3

112

SH

OR

TPIN

40AA

M1

10AD

OM

E

100AA

LT

R

1

2

SHORTPIN

FromBack–Up Light SW andA/T Indicator Light SW

Power Tilt and Power Telescopic

1 2 3 4

14 LEXUSGS300

M2 1

L–B

L–R

1 4

FRO

NT

REA

R

P17POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Driver’ s SeatLumbar Support Control)

P22POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Passenger’ s SeatLumbar Support Control)

M2 1

B B–R

5 9

FRO

NT

REA

R

P20POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Driver’ s SeatSlide Control)

P25POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Passenger’ s SeatSlide Control)

M1 2

W–R

W–G

6 8

UP

DO

WN

P16POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Driver’ s SeatFront Vertical Control)

P21POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Passenger’ s SeatFront Vertical Control)

M1 1

Y–G

Y–R11 13

UP

DO

WN

P18POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Driver’ s SeatRear Vertical Control)

P23POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Passenger’ s SeatRear Vertical Control)

M2 2

L–R L

10 14

FRO

NT

REA

R

P19POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Driver’ s SeatReclining Control)

P24POWER SEAT MOTOR(for Passenger’ s SeatReclining Control)

2

2

WB–L

5

3

4 BU1

BT14

BMBL


1 BU1

BT11

1 IM3

IE24

L–WL–W

L–WL–W

L–W

P14(for Driver’ s Seat)P15(for Passenger’ s Seat)POWER SEAT CONTROL SW 7 3

12 2

(*1)

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

W–B

W–B

(*1)

(*2)

W–B

W–B

W–B

(* 2 )

(* 1 )

Luggage roomleft


BATTERY

L–W

20 1H

10 1K

1E2

(*1)

(*2)

30APOWER

(*2)

(*2)

(* 1 )

100AALT

2 2 1 1

(*1)(*2)

(*1)(*2)

*1 : Driver’ s*2 : Passenger’ s

SHORTPIN

Power Source Power Seat

1

2

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

15 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2

1

2

3

1G32

2 2 2

1L72 2

1 EB1 4 EB1

2 IE2

3 BT1

10 IM2

3 BU1

11 EB2 3 EA1

BM BLIG

B

B2

4 BT1 4 BU1

AA

A

13

1G10

1C1

3D10

1L6 1J7

3C10 3C2 3C1

1C5

9 IM1

3C12 3B15

3D4

IF

3D9

WL–YL–Y

W W

RB

–Y

B–O B

G–W

B–O B

G–W

G–W

B

W–B

B–Y(Canada)B–O(USA)

B

W

Y(Canada)P–L(USA)

L–Y

B

B–Y(Canada)B–O(USA)

B

W–B

B–L

R–L

R–B

R–L

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

Y(Canada)P–L(USA)

GRG

R

L–YL–Y

L–Y

P–L

W–B

P–L

GR

W–B

W–B

W–B

331

33

2 3 2 3

2 1 2 1 1 1

2 45 2

2 3

1 1

6

4

I11IGNITION SW

15ASEAT–HTR

S 5SEAT HEATERSW S

18S

EAT

HEA

TER

(forD

river’s

SeatCushion )

S20

SEA

TH

EATE

R(for

Passenger’

sSeatC

ushion )

G–W

C13

HO

RN

SW

[CO

MB

.S

W]

ToTheftD

eterrentEC

U<

12–3>

HORNRELAY


BATTERY


S17

SEA

TH

EATE

R(forD

river’s

SeatB

ack )

S19SE

AT

HE

ATER(forP

assenger’s

SeatBack )

Behind glovebox

Luggage roomleft


15ACIG

R5

REA

RC

IGAR

ETTELIG

HTE

R

C7

CIG

AR

ETTE

LIGH

TER

C 8CLOCK

H 8HORN(HIGH)

H 7HORN(LOW)


LH RH

7

2

5

8

1

3

2212

2111

20AH

AZ–H

OR

N

40AAM

1

10AD

OM

E

SHO

RT

PIN

100AA

LT


A W–B J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)

A

Power Source Seat Heater Horn CigaretteLighter Clock

1 2 3 4

16 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST2

IG2

AM1

3

2

611 AM2

1G10 1G3 1J9

1J7 1A71F5

1F9

3A12

3D10

5

6 2 4

5 1 26

4

7

8 1F2

1C8

1

2

IH

1E4

1J5

11

1 21 2

10

1

W B–Y

B–O

GR

P–L

P–L

B–R

B–R

P–L

B–O

W–L

W

B–O

B–Y

W–B

B–Y

Y–G

(* 3 )Y

–L (* 2 )

W–B

W–B

G L G L

W–B

W–B

Y–B

V–W

B–Y

Y–L

G–W

W–B

W–BB

–L

10AECU–IG

15ACIG

I11IGNITION SW

SH

IFTLO

CK

SO

LENO

IDS

HIFT

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LS

W

S 6SHIFT LOCK ECU

P 5PPS ECU

P3

PPS

SOLE

NO

ID

KLS STP E

GND SPD SOL+ SOL–

L–R

L

G–R

G

G–W

I11KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID[IGNITION SW]

FromStop

LightSW

<6–2>

FromC

ombination

Meter<

24–5>

BATTERY

E2 E1 +SL –SL +SR –SR TC LA

IG2ACC+BIGACC

SLS+

SLS–

P1

P

P2

7. 5ASRS

C11

SR

SW

AR

NIN

GLIG

HT

[CO

MB

.M

ETER]

F 3FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH

F 4FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH


Right kickpanel

2 2 2

4 EB1 5 EB2

W W W–R

W W–R

3D17

3A19 3A20

B–R

4

3A14

3D

15 EC1 16 EC1

5 ED11 ED1

2

IFBehind combinationmeter

IGBehind glove box

B–Y

Y–L

W–B

W–BJ11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)

J7

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

A

W–B

B

B

C 3 C , C 4 D , C 5 A , C 6 B

14 A 13 A 4 A 3 A 1 A 2 A 4 C 3 C1 C 2 C

6 A 5 A 1 D 2 D 2 B 1 B 7 A 12 A

1G4

1F1E6 IK1 D4 IK2

Y–B

B–Y

B–Y

Y–L

B–Y

Y–L

B–Y

W–B

W–B

11 5

B

B

B

4 12

AA

A

D 3DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

Y–L B–Y A

D– D+ P– P+ PL+ PL– PR+ PR–


J8

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

TC AB

D 1DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

TC AB

1 2 A B 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

CC 3 YELLOW DC 4 YELLOW AC 5 YELLOW BC 6 YELLOW


1 BS4 2 BS4

B–R

B–Y

G–R

G–Y

G–R

G–Y

G–Y

G–R

B–R

B–Y

B–R

B–Y

G–R

G–Y

2 1

2 1

4 18 5

3 27 6

1 21 2

A24AIRBAG SQUIB(for Driver’ s)

A25AIRBAG SQUIB(for Passenger’ s)

S13SEAT BELTPRETENSIONERRH

S12SEAT BELTPRETENSIONERLH

PR+ PR–PL+ PL–

S11

SEA

TB

ELT

PR

ETE

NS

ION

ER

CH

EC

KC

ON

NE

CTO

R

5

3

40AA

M1

15AA

M2

100AA

LT

SHO

RT

PIN

8

1 16

2 15

7

ST1

IH19

FromA/C

Control

Assem

bly<25–5>

Y–L

Y–L

1 2

A B

21

BA

43A

(*1)A BBA

1 2

(*1)

SPIRALCABLE

*1 : Connection Detection Pin

PowerSource Shift Lock PPS(Progressive

Power Steering) SRS(Supplemental Restraint System)

1 2 3 4

B A

Y(*3)P–L(*2)

*2 : USA*3 : Canada

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4


4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

6

5

11 AM2

5 EB2 19 EB2 6 EB1

2

1

3

5

20 EB2

E4 IK1

2 22 2

2

2 2

A

A

IK1E3

24 A 33 A 76 B 1 A 31 A 9 B 10 B 13 B

77 B 2 A 4 A 12 A 57 B 58 B 26 B 25 B 27 B 7 B 69 B 80 B 79 B

2

A

A

16 EA1

EB ED

46 B 44 B 42 B 63 B 43 B 64 B 41 B 65 B 45 B 66 B 28 A 10 A 9 A 7 A

23 B14 B 3 B 21 B 1 B 28 B 29 B 19 A 20 A 17 A 18 A

2

1

1

2

1

2

3D17

3D8

W

B–O

B–L

W–L

B–R

G–O

R–L

R–L

R–L

B–R

B–R

G–O

W–L

B B–O

B–R

R–L

R–L

L–Y

GR L

B–R

B–R

B–R

R–L

W–R

W

W–RW

B–W

V–W

G–W V

G–W

G–Y

R W B G BR

W–B

W–B

B–R B–R

B–Y


I11IGNITION SW

EFIM

AIN

RE

LAY

ToC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<20–3>

B W

NO

.2

NO

.1

NO

.4R

L BRY

NO

.3(Lock–U

p )

E 2ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–L

BR

W–B

W–B

BATTERY


FromPark/N

eutralP

ositionS

W(N

eutralS

tartSW)<

1–2>

FromC

ombination

Meter

<24–5>

FromStop

LightS

W<

6–3>

ToC

ruiseC

ontrolE

CU

<20–3>

FromIgniter

<1–3>

FromDistributor<1–3>


V2

VE

HIC

LESP

EED

SEN

SO

R(S

PEED

SEN

SOR

)No.2

(forElectronically

Controlled

Transmission )

O1

O/D

DIR

EC

TC

LUTC

HS

PEE

DS

ENSO

R

B–R

L–W

R G L Y

R L

L–WB–Y

B–R

L–W

R–B

G–O

G–B

6 3 4 5

1

1 2

2E 6ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONPATTERNSELECT SW

See Engine ControlSystem<2–5>

M–REL BATT NSW IGSW +B S2 S1 SLN– SLU–

STA SP1 STP OD1 IGT IGF G1 G2 NE G– E1 EO1 EO2 THG THW VTA2 IDL2 VTA1 IDL1 VCC E2 THA KS OD2 L 2 R

PTTTE1TE2VF1VF2NCO–NCO+SP2–SP2+

See Engine Control System<2–7>

Rear side ofintake manifold

ToD

ataLink

Connector2

(TDC

L )<2–2>

B–R

B–RB

–RW

–B

B–R

10

30

50

70

1

21

41

61

2

22

42

62

3

23

43

63

4

24

44

64

5

25

45

65

6

26

46

66

7

27

47

67

8

28

48

68

9

29

49

69

11

31

51

71

20

40

60

80

19

39

59

79

18

38

58

78

17

37

57

77

16

36

56

76

15

35

55

75

14

34

54

74

13

33

53

73

12

32

52

72

BE 8 DARK GRAY


10

20

30

40

1

11

21

31

2

12

22

32

3

13

23

33

4

14

24

34

5

15

25

35

6

16

26

36

7

17

27

37

8

18

28

38

9

19

29

39

AE 7 DARK GRAY


B–R

G–O

E 7 A , E 8 B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)

O 3O/D MAIN SW

5

7

2

3

8

1

4 EB1

15

23

16

24

SH

OR

TPIN

40AA

M1

100AALT

15AA

M2

20AE

FI

NO

RM

AL

PO

WE

R

W–B

PowerSource Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

5 6 7 8


1G3

1A7 1J6

91H

153D

173A

3 A 1 B 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5 C 6 C

18 C 23 B

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

PL RL NL DL 2L LL

IK1 IK1 IK1 IK1 IK1 IK1

IM25

BB

B

IG BN

A

B–Y

B–R

L–W

R–B

G–O

G–B

B–R

B–Y R–L

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

R–B

G–O

G–B

G–Y

R–L

L–W

R–L

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

G–Y

R–B

G–R

G–W

G–O

G–B

W–B

W–B

B–R

W–B

W–B

GR

–G(C

anada )G

(USA

)

R–B

R–B

W–B

R–BR–BR–B

4

5 6 7 8 9 10 3

3 3

4 4

W–B

10AECU–IG

15AGAUGE

G–Y

G–Y

ToTiltand

Power

TelescopicE

CU

<13–3>

E13 E11 E10E12 E8 E9

P 1BACK–UP LIGHT SW AND A/T INDICATORLIGHT SW

P R N D 2 L PN

BAC

K–UP

LIGH

T[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LIG

HT]

R12RH

R10LH

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)Luggage roomright

Behind glove box


A15A/T INDICATOR LIGHT(for Shift Lever)

EC

TPW

R

O/D

OFF

P R N D 2 L

C 9 A , C10 , C11 CB

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

1011 1213 17181920 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

141516

CC11 GRAY

BC10 ORANGE

AC 9

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

IK1E14

R–L

W–B

B–R

W–B

W–B

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator Back–Up Light

RB

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

18 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

4

3

2

1

1 4

2

4 EB1

E6 IK1 F5 IK1 D7 IK2

2 EA1 1 EA1

EB22

IK2D11

EA113

2 2

2 2 2

2

2

2

2

2

AJ 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

BB

B

5 A 11 A 4 A 21 B 17 B 6 B 10 B

1 B 6 A 12 A 8 A 9 A 16 B 7 B 2 B 13 B 3 A

2 16 EA1 4 EA2 1 EA2

A12 IC2

1 B 4 B 3 B 2 B 5 B

M

EA IHEB

4 A 1 A3 A

1G3

3D17 3D13

1J6 1A7

3E9 3E14

CJ 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C

13 EB2

21 A

10 A 2 A 1 A 7 A 14 B 3 B 8 B 19 B 20 B

11 B 22 B

1 B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 192021 22

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

101112 13 1718192021

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

14 1516

A GRAY

BC10 ORANGE

ABS ECU(w/o Traction Control)

B GRAY

AC11 GRAY

ABS WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

IE1 IE1 IE1 IM3 IM3 IM3

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

WW–R

WS

HO

RT

PIN

B–Y

V–G

G–R

V–G V Y–L

G P–LP–L

P–L

GY–L

Y–L

V

B–Y

P P P

G–R

V–G

O O

ABS TC TC TS WA

Y–L P–L

14 4 11 16 22

3 5

6

SFR SFL SRR AST MT PKB STP GND GND FL+

23

WB

SR MR R– D/G TC TS WA

I11IGNITION SW

ABS MOTORRELAY

ABS SOLENOIDRELAY

D3

DATA

LINK

CO

NN

ECTO

R2

(TDC

L )

D1

DATA

LINK

CO

NN

ECTO

R1

(CH

EC

KC

ON

NE

CTO

R)

J8

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

B–L

B

B L

B L

W–B

B–Y P

Y–G

L–W

Y–R

Y–R

Y–B

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

FromStop

LightSW<

6–2>

ToB

rakeFluid

LevelW

arningSW

<24–3>

ABS ACTUATOR


Front side ofright fender

Right kick panel

LSFR SFL SRR AST MT

+BS +BM GND

A 4 A , A 5 B

B

21

3 4

1 2 3

4 5 6

AA 4 BLACK

BA 5 GRAY

BATTER

Y

ABS ACTUATOR

B–Y

W–R

R–L

B–R

W–R

W–R

B–R

W–R

FL– FSS FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RSS RR+ RR–

AB

SW

AR

NIN

GLIG

HT

[CO

MB

.M

ETE

R]

C10

B,C

11A

BR

BR

G R

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELDE

D)

B W

Y BR P L

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SH

IELD

ED

)

A6

ABS

SP

EED

SEN

SOR

FRO

NT

LH

A7

ABS

SP

EED

SEN

SOR

FRO

NT

RH

A27AB

SS

PEE

DS

ENSO

RR

EAR

LH

Y BR P L

(SH

IELD

ED

)A28AB

SS

PEE

DS

ENSO

RR

EAR

RH

2 3 1 10 9 8

P

(Short Pin)

15AGAUGE

10AECU–IG

A19 A , A20 B ABS ECU(w/o Traction Control)

W–B

W–B

5

7 3

21113

8

3

4

11214

100AA

LT

40AA

BS

NO

.2

7.5AE

CU

–B

60AA

BS

40AA

M1 IG1 BAT

A19 A20

PowerSource ABS(Anti–Lock Brake System)

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4


4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

2 2 2 2

1 EA1

5 EA24 EB1

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

1

5

4

2

2

2 22

A

A

16 EA1

EB

EB2 IK2

EA1

EA1

EA1

EA1

EB2

EA24

B

B

IE

M

3

1

B–L

W–B

RWW–R

L–R

V–G

V–G

W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L

V–G

R

Y–G

W–L

V–G

G–R

L

V–G

L

L

V–G

V–G

P

B

P

V–G

L–R

W–R

B–Y

P

V–G

Y–G

W–L

O

G–R

L

L–Y

L

B

V–G

R

B–Y

BATTERY


ABSSOLENOIDRELAY

TRACTIONMOTORRELAY

ABSMOTORRELAY

I11IGNITION SW

T 6TRACTIONSOLENOIDRELAY

T 5TRACTIONPUMP AND MOTOR


EM2

BTMMTT 2

14

11

1

2

13

2 D11

6

L–Y

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16171819202122 23 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10111213141516

AA16 BA17 CA18



Left kick panel

P P

O

G–R

L

O

G–R

L

L

L

L

L

BB

100AALT

29 14 3

12

84

1

2

3 7

11

51330

60AAB

S

40AA

M1

40AA

BSN

O.2

7.5AEC

U–B

10ATR

AC

SHO

RT

PIN

O

Power Source ABS and Traction Control

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

5 6 7 8


11 C 14 A 2 A 15 A 16 A 22 A 3 A 8 C 2 C 3 C 1 A 12 A 7 A 24 A 6 C 11 A 5 C

25 A 9 C 4 C 1 C 13 A 26 A 7 C 21 A 9 A 5 A 18 A 17 A 4 A 9 B

4 B 2 B 1 B 4 A 5 A 6 A

1 A 2 A 3 A

IC2 IC2 IC2

13 EB2

A8

IC2

B10

IC2

B16

IC2

IC2 IC2

3D13 3E15

3D173E14

3E9

1J6

1G3

1 B 4 B 3 B 6 B 2 B 5 B

4 A

M

3 A 1 A

IH EA

A17

IC2

A20

IC2

A

A

1

2

23 A 10 C 16 B 4 B 6 B 15 B 13 B 5 B 7 B 8 B

1 B 2 B 10 B 12 C 10 A 19 A 11 B 14 B

A7

IC2

F5

IK1

8 IM39 IM310 IM31 IE13 IE12 IE1

TRACTION ACTUATOR

1 2 3

4 5 6

1 2

3 4

AT 3 BLACK BT 4 BLACK

TRACTIONACTUATOR

E2 PR VC SRC SMC SAC

BSABSMBSR

15AG

AU

GE

Right kick panel Front side ofright fender

A 4 A , A 5 B

ABS ACTUATOR

FromG

enerator (Alternator )

<1–4>

ToBrake

FluidLevel

Warning

SW<

24–2>

ToParking

Brake

SW

<24–3>

A28

AB

SS

PEE

DS

ENSO

RR

EAR

RH

A27

AB

SS

PEE

DS

ENSO

RR

EAR

LH

A7

AB

SS

PEE

DS

ENSO

RFR

ON

TR

H

A6

AB

SS

PEE

DS

ENSO

RFR

ON

TLH

ABS ACTUATOR

21

3 4

1 2 34 5 6

AA 4 BLACK

BA 5 GRAY

FromStopLight SW<6–2>

B6B5B4

A16A12

L–R

W–R

B–Y

P

V–G

Y–G

W–L

O

G–R

L

L–Y

W–L W–L

L

B

V–G

BR

GR

Y–G

Y–R

Y–B

LG

G–B

G–R

G–Y

G

Y–G

V

Y–L

P–L

G

B–R

R–L

GR–L(*1)L–Y(*2)

P

L–R

W–L

W–L

W–L

W R V

Y–G

V–G

W–R

W–R

B–RB–R

B–Y

GR

–G(* 1 )

G(* 2 )

G

G–W

B–R

W–R

VRR–Y

WBR

OG–RL

W–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y–R

P–B

B–Y P

Y–G

L–W

W–B

W–B

L

W–B

B

V–G G R

(SHIE

LDED

)

B W Y BR

Y BR

P LLP Y–B

R–G Y

Y–R

Y–B

LG

G–B

G–R

G–Y

GY–GVY–L

P–L

B–R G

Y–L

W–R

V–G

Y–R

P–B

W–B

(SHIE

LDED

)(SH

IELD

ED)

(SHIE

LDED

)(SH

IELD

ED)

(SHIE

LDED

)

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SHIE

LDED

)

BRCTHFABRFAFROFLORRORLOABSOD/GTCWATSSTPIGBATR–TSRSAC

TRCOBRPALTLBLPKBRR–RR+RL–RL+FR–FR+FL–FL+

SMCSRCVCPRE2SRMRTMRMTT

GND GND GND SFR SFL SRR SRL AST MT


GNDBMBS

A16 A , A17 B , A18 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU

J7

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

T 3 A , T 4 B

B–R

1

2

1

2

2

1

10AEC

U–IG

7 1A

R–L

B–R

R–L

A1 IC2 A2 IC2

R–G

Y–R

ABS and Traction Control *1 : Canada*2 : USA

9 10 11 12


1 B 5 A 4 B 10 B 3 B 12 B 5 B 15 B 2 A 8 B 6 B 7 B

B

B

4 A 23 A 21 A 6 A 8 A 19 A 22 A 10 A

D7 IK2

D6

IK2

F14

IK1

B

B

5 EA1

B1 IC2

21C

4A

1A

1B

16 A 11 B 14 B 1 A 15 A 2 B

1A14

1G6

14 A 26 A 25 A 24 A 11 A 12 A 13 A 13 B 20 A

AA

A

F11 IK1

C6

IK2

C4

IK2

C3

IK2

C7

IK2

C8

IK2

C11

IK2

C12

IK2

EDIH

1

2

A

A

IF Rear sideof intakemanifold


T12TR

AC

TION

CU

TSW

J7

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

Right kick panel

S 3SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR

E1CSWACMA–ABB–BCMGND

STPBMPKBWTINDTR5

ABS

TRAC

TRAC OFF

TS WA WB ABS E1

W TRCTC

E1

D 3DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

FromA/T IndicatorLight(for Shift Lever)<17–7>


PTCBATIG1ABS0RLORROFLOFROBRFATHFABRC

TRCO BRP TR2 NEO VTH VSH IDL2 IDL1

To Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled Transmission ECU)<2–8>

FromThrottle

Position

Sensor<

2–8>From

Engine

Control

Module (Engine

andElectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionE

CU

)<

2–8>

ToParking

Brake

SW

<24–3>

FromS

topLight

SW<

6–2>


B

J8

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

L–R

P

GR–L(*1)L–Y(*2)

R–L

B–R

G

P–L

Y–L

V

Y–G

G

G–Y

G–R

G–B

LG

Y–B

Y–R

Y–G

GR

P–L

GR–G(*1)G (*2)

Y–L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16171819202122 23 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10111213141516

AT13 GRAY BT14 GRAY

TRACTION ECU 17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

10111213 1718192021

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

14 1516

AC 9 BC10 ORANGE

CC11 GRAY

COMBINATION METER

BR

Y–R

Y–B

LG

G–B

G–R

G–Y

G Y–G

B–R

GR

–L (* 1 )L–Y (* 2 )

Y–L

P–L

P

G

P–L

BR

Y–G

GR P

BR–W

P–L

Y–R

Y–L B–Y

B–Y

LL

GR

–G(* 1 )

G(* 2 )

R–B

P–B

R–B

W–B

L Y G W R BBRWGYL

(SHIE

LDED

)(S

HIE

LDED

)

W–B

BRB

RB

RB

R

W–B

W–B

GR

–B

G–W

L–R

Y–B

LG–R

L

L–R

R–L

L–R

G

(SHIELDED)

T13 A , T14 B TRACTION ECU

C 9 A , C10 B , C11 C

COMBINATION METER

16 22 23 14 3

2 1 3 6 4 5

4 8 17


3

P–L

L

J9

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

(Short Pin)

1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

E6

IK1

11

Y–L

V

BR

TC

BR

B

Y–L

AJ11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)

ABS and Traction Control*2 : USA*1 : Canada

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

20 LEXUSGS300

4 2

11

1G3

1J6 1A7

D2 IK2

F14 IK1

A11

IC2

A15

IC2

A19

IC2

B18

IC2 B14 IC2 B22 IC2

M

EAIF

1 A

161209232215 10

10 4

3 12

3 4 18 24 25 26 12 11

6 7 51 2 3

MCMOVR3VR2VR1CCSCMSPKBTCPI

B BATT N&C ECT IDL OD SPD STP+ STP– L

4

4

CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

D 3DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

C13CRUISECONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

CANCEL

SET/COAST

RESUME/ACCEL

MAIN

C 2CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

POTENTIOMETER

MA

GN

ETIC

CLU

TCH

C15CRUISE CONTROL ECU

From”

STOP

”Fuse

<6–3>

FromC

ombination

Meter

<24–5>

FromEngine

ControlM

odule(E

ngineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)<

2–5><

17–2>

15AGAUGE

10AECU–IG

B–Y

14

5

C10 A , C11 B

TCA/D

FromEngine

ControlM

odule(E

ngineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)<

2–8>

FromEngine

ControlM

odule(E

ngineand

Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

EC

U)<

17–2>

8

I11IGNITION SW

Behindcombination meter


CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]

20 B

VR1 VR2 VR3 MC LMO

GND

2

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1

5

AM2

EB1 EB2

2 2 2

3D133D17

3D18 3F7

13 EB2

B

J8

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TORB

2

3F63F2

3D4


17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

10111213 1718192021

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

14 1516

AC10 ORANGE

BC11 GRAY

B

J9

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TORB

3F1

3D3

4

3

2

1

EB

W–R

WW–R

W W–R

W–R

B–L

B–R

W–R

B–Y

L–Y

R–L

R–L G

R–G

(Canada )

Y–L (U

SA)

R–L

Y–B

W–B

B–W

B–O

W–R

W

W–R

B–YB–L

B–L

R–L

3

R–L

GR

–R(C

anada )B

(US

A )

P–B

GG

V

13

4 5

B–L

R–L

Y–L

ToP

arkingB

rakeS

W<

24–3>

W–B

W–B

BATTERY

GND

V–W

G–W

G–W

G–B

(Canada )

G–W

(US

A )

R–B

R–L

G–R

LGP

LG–R

LG–B

LG–B

LG–R

P LG

G–R

R–L

S9

STO

PLIG

HT

SW

R–L

See Taillight and StopLight System<6–2>

W–B

W–B

W–B

OPEN CLOSE


14

13 7

2

15

5

8 16

1

7.5AEC

U–B

SH

OR

TPIN

40AAM

1100A

ALT

15AAM

2

1

2

B–R

N 3NOISEFILTER

PowerSource Cruise Control

1 2 3 4

21 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

4 EB1

2

1G3

1H17

1H15 1D2

1D6 1A15

M

14 A

13 A 11 A 6 A 5 A 12 A 2 B 11 B 10 B 1 B 7 A

AA

A

1

2

M

2

CC

C

J 5JUNCTIONCONNECTOR A


IF

M

3A13

3D4

IF IE


A

B J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B1 2

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

76543

1

10 11 12 13 17 18

98432 5 6 7

14 15 16

AC12 BC13


WW

LL

L

L

L–B

L–O

L–W

LG

LG–R

W–B

L–R

L–Y

L–Y

B–Y

L

LL

+1 S/S

3 5

4 7

8 5

2

1

4


W 6WIPER MOTOR

W 2WASHERMOTOR

20AWIPER

I11IGNITION SW


W KO EW C1 +2S VR1 VR2 +B +S +1 +2

OFF

INT

LOW

HIGH

C12 A , C13 B

L

B–L

Behind combination meter

18 14 3 10 13 11 15

9 1 2 17 16 6

6

2 3 4 1 5

VR2 VR1 2S C1 SF W E

W–B

W 5WIPER ANGLECONTROL MOTOR

W–B

W–B

L–Y

L–R

LG–R

LG

L–W

L–O

L–B

L–W(C

anada )L–O

(US

A)

R P–L

R–Y

V–G

R–W G

W 8WIPER RELAY

+B S/M PA1 PA2 PA3 CO M/F M/B

W–B

W–B

Left kickpanel


BATTERY W–B

L–B

W–B

L

L–Y L–Y

W–B

SEMI

FULL

ON

OFF

BLACK

L–B

WIP

ER* 1

WAS

HE

R

*1 : Fully–Concealed/Semi–Concealed Chengeover SW

2

7

5

3

8

1

40AA

M1

100AALT

SHO

RT

PIN

A

W–B


A

NO

.1

NO

.2

NO

.3

PowerSource Wiper and Washer

Y(C

anada )V

(USA

)

L–R(C

anada )L–W

(USA

)

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

22 LEXUSGS300

1G3

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

9 A

3 IE1

10 19 22 25 23 18 12 11 24 6 1

3 9 4 10 5

4 165

6 1 2

8 A 8 B 1 B 6 B 2 B 7 B 2 A 7 A

6 BS2 9 BS2 10 BS2 11 BS2 4 BS2 3 BS2 8 BS2 7 BS2 12 BS2

6 BS3

11 A1 A11 B

6 IE27 IE2

5 BS2

8 15 14 3 17

BM

9 18

3 A

G–R

B–Y

10AECU–IG

R

BATTERY

R13REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

PH+ PH–

MOBILEPHONE

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

C14TELEPHONEMICROPHONE SW[COMB. SW]


SPEAKER RELAY

I11IGNITION SW

T15 B , T16 A

Luggage roomleft

3 B

5 BS3

GR–RFromA/C Control Assembly<25–6>

13

2357891012

411

16

543216 7 8 9 10 11 12

AB


T16T15

3 B

1 B 6 A 5 A 4 A 3 A 8 A 7 A 2 A

M 5 B , M 6 A

1238 7 6 5 4

123

AM 6

BM 5

MOBILEPHONE

1 A

4 A

2

W W

1A7

2

B–L

22

4 EB13 EB1

10 A

4 IE1

WG–R

WG–R

G–R

B–R

B–R

G–R

G–B

R

LG

–W

R–W

L–W B

BR

R–W

SH

OR

TPIN

40AAM

1100A

ALT

15ATE

L

Y–B

3E8

3D17

B–R

4 B 5 A 12 A 5 B

2 B

11 IM3

8 BQ1 9 BQ1

1 2

12 B

B Y

B Y

G–W

GR G Y P LG

G–W

GR G Y P LG

B–R

B–R

B–R

BV Y O R BR

GR

–WB

B

(SH

IELD

ED)

(SHIE

LDED

)

W(S

HIE

LDED

)(SH

IELD

ED)

(SH

IELD

ED)

(SHIE

LDED

)

W–B

G

R–W G W B B

GR

6 A

A

WW

BB

BL

W–B


LL


GR

–RG

R–R

IJ213

See Radio and PlayerSystem<23–7>

B–W

20 8

3

1

2

7

5

19

W

PowerSource Cellular Mobile Telephone

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

23 LEXUSGS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2

4 EB1

6 IM3

9 IM1

2 2 2 2

1G10

1C1

1 EB1 5 EB1

1L6

1C5

3D1

2

1H18

3E18

163C

93C

3D9

16 IE1

1E4

3

5

2

1

3D16

1J7

3D10

3B13

WWW

W–L

L–Y

L–YL–Y

L–Y

W–L

W–L

GR

GR

LG

L–Y

GR

GR

GR

B–L

SH

OR

TPIN

W

B–Y

G

LG

GR

W–L

L–Y

G

LG

W B–Y

L–Y

L–Y

GR

L–Y

W–L

100AA

LT

40AAM

1

25AR

AD

NO

.1

10AD

OM

E

BATTERY

TAILLIGHTRELAY

7. 5APANEL

15ACIG

I11IGNITION SW

See Taillight System<6–1>

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

643217 8 9 10 11 12 14

513

543216 7 8 9 10 11 12

2357891012

411

16

BR 2

CR 4 GRAY

BT15 AT16

AR 3 BLUE

RADIO AND PLAYER


1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

643217 8 9 10 11 12 14

513

BS14 CS15BLUE AS16


AC16 GRAY BC17 GRAY

CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER

Y(Canada)P–L(USA)

3

1 8 26 12

112572

5

1098765

4321

1 2

3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

(Cont. next page )

ORANGE

Power Source Radio and Player

5 6 7 8

23 LEXUSGS300 (Cont’ d)

BJ 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


A AJ12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(for Earth)

9 BQ18 BQ1

12 B5 B

12 A5 A

10 BS13 BS1

13 C5 C

1 BS1

4 IE12 BS18 BS17 BS16 BS1

1A7

1G3

10AECU–IG

T15B

,T16A

TELEPH

ON

ETR

AN

SC

EIV

ERA

ND

SPE

AKE

RR

ELAY

10 A

5 IJ2

4 IJ2

14 IJ2

15 IJ2

12 IJ2

9 A4 A3 A8 A

10 B12 A11 A10 A

19 IJ1

7 IJ1

4 IJ1

9 IJ1

22 IJ1

10 IJ1

23 IJ2

9 IJ2

22 IJ2

6 IJ2

8 IJ2

21 IJ2

7 IJ2

20 IJ2

2 IJ2

7 A15 A6 A3 A2 A6 A8 B1 B5 B2 B6 B9 B

12 B11 B10 B7 B15 B6 B9 C10 C11 C13 C1 C7 C2 C8 C5 C

4B

1

2

1

2

1

2

7 IF12 IF1

1

2

9 BR18 BR1

1

2

2 IN17 IN1

7 BS3

7 A

20 IJ1

21 IJ1

8 IJ1

11 IJ2

1 IJ2

10 IJ2

13 A14 AA4 B3 B1 A

13 B14 B5 B6 C14 C3 C

14 C6 C9 C3 C

11 BS14 BS1

12 C4 C7 C1 C2 B8 B7 B5 B1 B

13 IJ1

3 IJ1

12 IJ1

2 A8 A1 A

2 B8 B1 B 93 B 4 B

2 IJ1

11 IJ1

1 IJ1

54 A9 A3 A

B

7 B

2 A 5 A 1 A

IIBNIG

6 A

12 IH2

BJ 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B

R–W

B–Y

W–B

LG

GR

L–Y

W–L

4 2 5 1 6

8 3 7

7

5

4

W–L

W–L

W–B

W–B

GR

YBWRVPLLG

LG–R

LG–B

GR

W–B

W–B

Y R–L

B

YB

P V R WLLG

L PLG V R W B Y

W–G

W–G

G R W BBWRG

BR

–WB

R–W

L–W O L LG GR

L–Y

BR

–R

B W

BR

–B

L–W O L LG GR

L–Y

R G

BR

–R

B W

BR

–B

L P V LG

BR

–Y

BR–W

L–B

BR

R–W

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–L

R–L

R G L P V LG

L–B

BR

R–W

BR

L–Y

GR

G GR

W–B

W–B

LG–R

LG–B

BR

W–B

P–L

L–Y

W–B

GR

B–Y

B–W

B–O

B–RB

–R

R–G

B–Y

B–W

B–O

B–O

B–W

B–Y

BR

–W

BR

–Y

B–Y

L–Y

VP

GR

W–G

L–Y

W–L

Behindglove box

Luggage roomright

Instrument panelbrace LH

BMLuggageroomleft

EBACCRL–RL+RR–RR+

SP–SP+

FL–FL+FR–FR+WF–WF+ACCEE+B2BSW

ILL+ ACC +B ILL– GND CDL– CDL+ CDR– CDR+ SGND TXS–TXS+

TXM–TXM+

ACC +B FRL+ FRL– SE2 FRR+ FRR– SE1 RRL+ RRL– SE4 RRR+ RRR– SE3 BEEP GND MUTE E TLMT AMP ANTA ANT ANTB

(SHIE

LDED

)(S

HIELD

ED

)

(SH

IELD

ED)

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELD

ED)

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELDE

D)

(SH

IELD

ED)

(SHIE

LDED

)(S

HIELD

ED

)

GND SGNDCDL– CDL+ CDR– CDR+ TXS– TXS+ TXM– TXM+ ACC +B

EL

T

AMP ANTA ANT ANTB IGAMPMUTEGNDBEEPSE3RRR–RRR+SE4RRL–RRL+SE1FRR–FRR+SE2FRL–FRL+A31AUTO ANTENNA MOTORAND RELAY

R8RHEOSTAT

To Luggage CompartmentLight SW<7–4>

W11

WO

OFER

SPE

AKER

F9

FRO

NT

DO

OR

SP

EAKE

RR

H

F8

FRO

NT

DO

OR

SP

EAKE

RLH

R13

REA

RD

OO

RS

PEA

KER

LH

R14

REA

RD

OO

RS

PEA

KER

RH

C16 A , C17 B

CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER

S14 B , S15 C , S16 A STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

R 2 B , R 3 A , R 4 C RADIO AND PLAYER

G

GR

LG

W–L

BR

BR

BR

AUD+

MUTE

AUD–

B

W–B

W–B

Radio and Player Auto Antenna

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

24 LEXUS GS300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

AM2


C

2

1

2

2

2 2

1K121G3

3F83A16

1C1

1H9

3E163D14

153A

173A

61J

153D

1 EB1 4 EB1

F8 IK1 D1 IK2

2

1 1

BB J 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B

EC IE

2

1

B–L

10AD

OM

E

100AALT

40AA

M1

SHO

RT

PIN

L–Y

W

Y–B

Y–RW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–G

(* 3 )

E5

EN

GIN

EO

ILLE

VEL

WA

RN

ING

SW

W1

WA

SHE

RLEV

ELW

AR

NIN

GS

W

L–Y

W

Y–B

Y–R

R–G

FromA

BS

andTraction

ECU

<19–8>

R–G

Y–B

R–G

Y–B

(* 1 )

Y–B(* 3 )

(* 2 )

(* 2 )

(* 3 )Y

–B

Y–B(* 1

* 4 )

Y–B

(* 3 )Y

–B

(* 3 )Y

–B

FromTraction

EC

U<

19–12>

FromA

BSand

TractionE

CU

<19–8>

FromAB

SEC

U(w

/oTraction

Control )

<18–3>

B 1BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

R–G(*3)

Y–B(*1 *3)

R–G(*1 *4)

P 4PARKING BRAKESW

O2

OIL

PRES

SUR

ES

W

BATTERY

IK1F3

E14 IK1 F2 IK1

L–Y L–B

Y–B

R–G

Y–R

Y–B

R–L

L–Y

Y–BY–B

R–LB–Y

(*2)

V 1VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)NO. 1(for Combination Meter)

1 3

2

Y–B

(* 2 )

Y–B

(* 2 )

Y–B

(* 1 )

To

Daytim

eR

unningLightR

elay”

PKB

”<

4–2>

FromD

aytime

Running

LightRelay

”B

RK

”<

4–2>

FromC

ruiseC

ontrolEC

U<

20–2>

L–R

L–Y

R–L

Y–B

Y–R

R–G

L–R

R–L

L–R

D 7DIODE(for TractionControl)

*1 : USA*2 : Canada*3 : w/ Traction Control*4 : w/o Traction Control

1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

10111213 1718192021

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

14 1516

BC 9

CC10 ORANGE

AC11 GRAY

COMBINATION METER

B–Y

R–L

B–YI11IGNITION SW

15AGAUGE

Front side ofintake manifold

Left kick panel

12 1

8

3

7

5

211

W

PowerSource Combination Meter

1

C1C

(Cont. next page )

5 6 7 8


C

C

A

B

A

B

A

A

A

C

C

C

A

B

C

C

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

A

C

C

C

C

A

13A

113B

103E

A

B

B

A

A

C

C

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

IM37

IM312

IM32

F9 IK1F7 IK1

3D12

3D4

IF IG EC

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

Y–G

W–B

R–B

W–R

B

W–B

W–B

B–W

C 9 B , C10 C , C11 A

B

A

B

1

12

23

12

9

10

2

4

17

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

L–Y

R–L

Y–B

Y–R

R–G

Y–B

L–R

L–B

L–Y

R–L

Y–B

Y–R

R–G

Y–B

L–R

V–W

V–W

V–W

L–B

OIL

OIL LEVEL

WASHERLEVEL

REARLIGHT

BRAKE

CHARGE

SPEED

SRSWATER TEMP.

HIGH BEAM

LH

TURNRH

ECT PWR

OPENDOOR

TACHO

(*3)

11

1

19

7

9

8

13

15

14

13

14

15

18

21

22

10

11

5

6

9

10

3

See Taillight andStop Light System<6–3>

See ChargingSystem<1–4>

To Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicallyControlled TransmissionECU)<2–7><17–2>

To A/C ControlAssembly<25–5>

To PPS ECU<16–2>

To Cruise Control ECU<20–3>

See Electronically ControlledTransmission and A/TIndicator System<17–5>

OD

OM

ETER

ILLUM

INA

TION

RESET

A/B

O/D OFF

MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINE)

Y–G

BR

See SRS(Supplemental Restraint System)<16–4>

See Headlight System<3–3><4–4>

See Turn Signal and HazardWarning Light System<9–4>

See Electronically Controlled Transmissionand A/T Indicator System<17–5>

FromPark/Neutral Position SW(Neutral Start SW)<1–2>

See Interior Light System<7–2>

COMBINATION METER

From Rheostat<8–2>

See Illumination System<8–3>

From Igniter<1–3>5V

See Engine ControlSystem<2–3>

See ABS and TractionControl System<19–11>See ABS System<18–3>

See ABS and TractionControl System<19–11>

See Cruise Control System<20–2>

F14FUEL SENDER

BR–Y

Y–B

Y–R

BR–Y

Y–B

Y–R

ABS

TRAC

TRAC OFF

CRUISE

FUEL

FUEL

L

2

D

N

R

P

SEAT BELT

See Electronically ControlledTransmission and A/TIndicator System<17–6>

See Unlock and Seat BeltWarning System<7–2>

2

21

4

1

20

8

7

8

2

3

1

Behindcombinationmeter

Behindglovebox

Front sideof intakemanifold



W3

WATE

RTE

MP

.SEN

DE

R

Y–G

BR

3E

103A

1V–W

V–W

Combination Meter

(*1)

(*2)

*1 : USA*2 : Canada*3 : TAILLIGHT INDICATOR(Canada)

HEADLIGHT INDICATOR(USA)

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4


4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2

3C13

2 2 2

1G32

2

3D17

3D13

1A7 1H9 2

2

3D7

13 EB2 4 EB1

24 EB2

4

5

3

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

4

5

3

1

2

53D

173A

183B

63A

93F

2

2

2

1

4

3

EB21

15 EA1

2

2 2 2

AA

A

A

16 EA1

EB

1

2

EA

1

2

M

3 EA2

4

3

2

1

1J7

1E4

1G10

2 2

2 IP1 1 IP1

EB215

EB24

IH13

IH210

163D

103D

23B

63C

9

1

5

3

1H18

2 A 3 A

2 B 1 B 1 A

M2 1

C1 IK2

IG

IK2C5

B B

B

EB2

4

22

A 3A/C LOCK SENSORAND A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH


A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY


B 3BLOWER MOTOR

R 1RADIATORFAN MOTORBA

TTERY


RADIATORFAN MAINRELAY

RADIATORFAN RELAY

HEATERRELAY

SHO

RT

PIN

7.5AEC

U–B

40AA

M1

50AH

EATE

R

60AA

BS

A2

A/C

SING

LEP

RE

SSU

RE

SW[A/C

TRIP

LEP

RE

SSU

RE

SW]

I11IGNITION SW

10AECU–IG

15AGAUGE

30ARDIFAN 15A

CIG

TAILLIGHTRELAY

7. 5APANEL

To EngineControl Module(Engine andElectronicallyControlledTransmissionECU)<2–8>

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–R

L–Y

L–O L–O

L–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

L–W

B–Y

Y(Canada)P–L(USA)

B–Y

B–Y B–Y

LG LG

P–L

B–Y

B–Y

P–L

L–YL–Y

P–L

Y(Canada)P–L(USA)

B–Y

L–W

L–WL–W

B–Y

GR

GR–R

L–W

W–R

W

Behindglove box


W–R

W W

W–R

W

Y(C

anada )P

–L (USA

)

LB–Y

B–R

B–R

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

L

L–BW

–B

W–B

L–BL–B

L–W

W B

W–B

W–B

L–O

P–B

L–Y (Canada )

L–O(U

SA )

B–Y

L

GR

GR

–R

W

W


2

2 1

10

9

3

B 4 B , B 5 A

M+ M– GND

SI+B

W–R

100AA

LT

W–B

W–B

W 4WATER TEMP.SW

GR

2

13 7 5 3

5

14 8

1

6 4

3

3 IP1

C2 IK2

GR

GR

–R

2

M

1

W–B

W–B

L–B

C 1CONDENSERFAN MOTOR

12

1

32

BB 4

AB 5


EB2

2

17

L–W

Power Source Radiator Fan and Automatic Air Conditioning

5 6 7 8


II1

2

II13

II1

4

II1

5

II18

II17

IH1

5

IH14

IH1

15

IH1

13

IH111

IH1 7

IH18

IH110

IH12

IH121

IH117

IH122

IH11

IH119

IH120

IH118

1C

13A

12A

8C

19A

2C

6C

9A

16A

23A

1A

2A

9B

7A

6A

11B

4A

3A

10B

5B

2B

6B

3B

20A

10A

18A

5A

17A

21A

5C

8B

1B

7BIH1

12II19

IH16

6 II1

1 3

1 2

1 II1C C

1 2

1 2

B B

B

IH211

IC2A10

IC2A18

A14 IC2

AA

A

AA

CC

C

B

B

IGEAIF

From Speed Meter[Comb. Meter] <24–5>

J10 JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

M10MAX COOLCONTROL SERVOMOTOR

A22 AIR MIX CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

To Telephone Transceiverand Speaker Relay <22–3>

FromDefogger Relay <11–1>

A13 A/C ROOM TEMP.SENSOR

A11 A/C EVAPORATORTEMP. SENSOR

A 1A/C AMBIENTTEMP. SENSOR



J11JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

(forEarth )


A14 A/C SOLARSENSOR

A 2A/C DUALPRESSURE SW[A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]

C

FromIgniter

<1–3>

A/C LOCK OUT MGC–OUT IGN

GNDMGC–INSGCOMPIG


A12A/C LOCKAMPLIFIER

Behindglove box



A21AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR


17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 1110

1 25

3 46 7 8 9 10

AA 8

BA 9 CA10 ORANGE

ToEngine

ControlM

odule(Engine

andE

lectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

issionE

CU

)<

2–8>

43D

53B

W 7WATER TEMP. SENSOR(for A/C System)

TW

TP

AMC

AMH

HR

BLW

IG

ACC

SPEED

ILL+

CBLS

CBLO

+B AOF

AOD

TPO

AIR

AIF

TPI

SG

TR

TE

TAM

LOCK IN

MGC

TEL IN

RDFGR

PSW

VER1

GND

TS

S5

To Data LinkConnector 1(Check Connector)<16–4>

L–R

Y

L–R

Y

LG

V–W

P–L

B–Y

P–L

L–Y

GR

P

P–B

L–O

GR

P–B

L–O

P

P–B

R–Y

L–O

B–W

R–Y

Y–G

BR–W

Y–B

R–W

R–L

R–B

B–W

G

B–L

B

Y–R

L–B

GR–R

G–B

L

W–B

L

B–L

B

Y–R

L–B

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

Y–G

BR–W

Y–B

R–W

R–L

R–B

B–WB

L W–B

W–B

W–B

R–Y

R–Y

W–B

G–B

R–Y

R–Y

G–R G–R

B–W

G–RB–Y

GR

GR–R

L–W

L–Y

P–L

B–Y

B–Y

P–L

LG

W–R

B–Y

Y–B

B–W

R–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

R–B

R–Y

L–B

Y–R

B–W(C

anada )B

(US

A )

B

R–Y

R–Y W

–B

L–W

GR

–R

GR

B–Y

W–B

IH29

R–Y

B–W

R–L

R–Y

Y

L–R

B–W

M M

M

M

COOL WARM

SHUT

OPEN

DEF

FAC

E

FRE

SHR

ECIR

C

4 3 1 2 4 5 3 2 1 4 5 3

2 10 12 6 5

7 1 11 4

1 2

3

5

4

1

2

1

A23AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVOMOTOR


A 8 A , A 9 B , A10 CW–R

B–W

Y–L 22A

To Data LinkConnector 2(TDCL)<2–3>

DIN

IH1

14P

DOUT

4 1

(Canada)(Canada)

Radiator Fan and Automatic Air Conditioning

Documents

FOREWORDwilbo666.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/52788173/Lexus GS300 Wiring...FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide ... Shows position of the Electronic Control